B. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, provide shotcrete per American Concrete Institute Standard ACI 506R, ACI 506.2, ACI 318-19. In addition, conform to recommendations contained in “Shotcrete,” Brochure G 84 as published by the Gunite Contractors Association, Sylmar, California and the California Building Code (2022 edition).
C. Mix Design: The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for approval by the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of shotcrete. Mix design shall indicate source of aggregate and brands of cement and admixtures used. All mix designs shall take character of locally available aggregate into consideration and make adjustments as necessary to conform with specified design criteria.
D. Testing and Inspection: A test panel shall be shot, cured, cored or sawn, examined and tested (representing the most congested and difficult project scenario) prior to commencement of the project in accordance with ASTM C1140. All project conditions and personnel shall be represented in the test panel. Additionally, one test panel shall be provided for each 50 yards (or portion thereof) of shotcrete placed for each day or each nozzleman, whichever is greater. The size of the strength test panel shall be per the direction of the Special Shotcrete Inspector. At least three (3) cores shall be taken from each test panel. (At least three (3) cores shall be taken from the completed work for each day of shotcrete operation.) Testing shall be performed by the Owner’s designated Testing Lab and comply with Section ACI 318-19 and CBC 2022 1705A.3.9.Continuous inspection of the shotcrete operation by a deputy inspector provided by the Owner shall be required. .
E. Tolerances: Construct all swimming pool shotcrete straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 2000.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE 131103 - 2
1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300 and ACI 506.2.
B. Materials List: Within thirty (30) days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, and before shotcrete materials are delivered to the project site, submit to the Owner a complete list of materials proposed to be used in this portion of the Work, showing manufacturer's name and catalog number of all items such as admixtures and curing membranes, and the name and address of the supplier of cement and aggregate to be used.
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A of this Section.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect shotcrete materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cement: Cement shall be Type 1 Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. Cement type shall be the same for all shotcrete work.
B. Aggregate: ASTM C33, washed hard dense durable clean sharp sand from approved pit, free of organic matter and opaline, feldspar, or silicous magnesium substances and containing not more than 3% by weight of deleterious substances. Maximum size aggregate for shotcrete is ¾” per ACI 318-19. When tested for organic impurities by ASTM C40 method, fine aggregate color not darker than reference standard color. When tested for soundness by ASTM C88 method, grading No. 2 of ASTM C1436, loss after 5 cycles not over 10% of fine aggregate.
C. Water: Potable, clean, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other impurities liable to be detrimental to the shotcrete.
D. Admixtures: Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C1141 and only be used upon approval of the Owner's Representative.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION
A. Inspection:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE 131103 - 3
1. Prior to all Work of this Section carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that items to be imbedded in shotcrete are in place and that shotcrete may be placed to the lines and elevations shown on the Drawings, with all required clearance from reinforcement.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General:
1. Thoroughly clean all areas where shotcrete is to be placed to insure proper bonding of shotcrete.
2. Where shotcrete is to be placed against smooth surfaces (i.e., cast-in-place concrete), sandblast surfaces to receive shotcrete to provide clean aggregate surface, thereby insuring proper bond between materials.
B. Ground Wires: Adequate ground wires, to be used as screeds, shall be installed to establish the thickness and surface planes of the shotcrete work. Ground wires shall be placed so that they are tight and true to line and grade and in such a manner that they can be easily tightened.
3.3 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING
A. Accurately control proportion of water to Portland cement to produce thorough and uniform hydration of the shotcrete that, when shot, forms a homogeneous mass containing neither sags nor dry sand formation. Proportion by mass per ASTM C94 or by volume per ASTM C685.
B. Shotcrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 PSI at 28 days. Shotcrete material shall have a water/cement ratio of 0.40 minimum-0.45 maximum per ACI 506R, Chapter 6, Proportioning and Preconstruction Testing; Section 6.3.3, Wet Mix Process.
C. Discontinue shotcrete work if the time between the addition of mixing water to cement and aggregate, or cement to aggregates, and placement of shotcrete exceeds ninety (90) minutes when the ambient temperature is below 85 degrees Fahrenheit, or exceeds sixty (60) minutes when the ambient temperature is above 85 degrees Fahrenheit. Batch, mix and deliver wet-mixture shotcrete per ASTM C94 or C685.
D. Hot Weather Shotcreting – Unless otherwise specified, do not place shotcrete when shotcrete temperature is above 95°F, unless prequalification testing shows that the required quality of materials can be achieved at high temperatures. The temperature of reinforcement and receiving surfaces shall be below 90°F prior to shotcrete placement.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE 131103 - 4
E. Cold Weather Shotcreting – Unless otherwise specified, shooting may proceed when ambient temperature is 40°F and rising. Stop shooting when ambient temperature is 40°F and falling, unless measures are taken to protect the shotcrete. Shotcrete material temperature, when shot, shall not be less than 50°F. Do not place against frozen surfaces.
3.4 SHOTCRETE PLACING, FINISHING, AND CURING
A. Operations: Utilize a standard type of air compressor, capable of providing a minimum of 250 cubic feet of air per minute per nozzle.
B. Placing: Except when shooting reinforcing, hold the nozzle perpendicular to and 2-1/2 to 3 feet from surface. At reinforcing bars, hold the nozzle so as to direct shotcrete behind the bars, and shoot each side of each bars separately. A nozzleman’s helper equipped with an air jet shall precede the nozzle and blow out rebound or sand lodged behind bars, on forms, or placed shotcrete. Placing shotcrete horizontal members from the top is not allowed unless approved methods are employed to eliminate all rebound. Material shall emerge from the nozzle in a uniform flow. If flow becomes intermittent for any reason, direct the nozzle away from the surface until the flow is again steady and constant. Do not reuse rebound or loose sand for any purpose.
C. Puddled Shotcrete: Use of “puddled shotcrete” in which the air pressure is reduced and the water content is increased to facilitate placing in difficult locations is not allowed. Do not place shotcrete where nozzle stream cannot impinge directly on the involved surface. Where difficult shooting conditions occur, obtain proper results by maintaining correct air pressure and water ratio and reduce supply of material.
D. Construction Joints: Form joints with sloping beveled edges. Clean and dampen the hardened joint surfaces before placing additional shotcrete. Square edged construction joints are not allowed. The film of laitance which forms on the surface of the shotcrete shall be removed within approximately two hours after application by brushing with a stiff broom. If this film is not removed within two hours, it shall be removed by thorough wire brushing or sand blasting.
Construction joints over eight hours old shall be thoroughly cleaned with air and water prior to receiving shotcrete.
E. Finishing: Rod exposed surfaces to true planes and lines on reaching the thickness and plane established by forms and ground wires. Tamp and wood float surfaces level and provide a rough raked finish. Carefully coordinate finish requirements with other trades (ceramic tile, pool plaster) to ensure shotcrete finish is appropriate substrate for final finish material.
F. Curing: Keep shotcrete continuously damp for not less than seven (7) days after placing. Use sealed curing sheeting or other approved curing method where water curing is not feasible. Do not use curing compound of any kind.
3.5 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Cut out, remove and replace, or repair to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative, shotcrete not meeting minimum strength, not true, plumb or level, not to required elevations, containing cracks detrimental to performance or appearance, containing shavings, debris or with honeycombs or voids.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE 131103 - 5
B. Promptly perform Work required to repair, patch, replace, render properly cleaned surfaces (by sandblasting if necessary) or otherwise make good any defective shotcrete at Contractor's expense, including all expense of additional inspection, tests, or supervision made necessary as a result of defective shotcrete.
3.6 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool shotcrete materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this work to the approval of the Owner's Representative.
END OF SECTION 131103
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE 131104 - 1
SECTION 131104 – SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install all swimming pool ceramic tile detailed on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Waterline Face Tile.
2. Depth Marker Tile (at Waterline).
3. Depth / Caution Markers (at Pool Deck).
4. Pre-Cast Coping.
5. Beach Entry Tile
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All Work of this Section shall be performed or supervised by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.
B. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The contractor / subcontractor for this portion of the Work shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of this work and shall demonstrate to the approval of the Owner’s Representative that his record of workmanship is satisfactory.
2. For actual construction operations, use only thoroughly trained and experienced workers completely familiar with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
C. Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:
1. Manufacture of all tile shall be in accordance with ANSI A 137.1
2. Install ceramic tile in accordance with the recommendations contained in 2023 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc.
D. Tolerances: Install all swimming pool ceramic tile straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 500. Waterline and gutter bullnose tile shall be level to 1/8” (+/- 1/16”) around entire perimeter of swimming pool(s).
1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300.
B. Samples: Submit five (5) samples of each color and pattern in the specified groups. Character samples can be representatives for review prior to screening of actual tile.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE 131104 - 2
C. Master Grade Certificate: Prior to opening ceramic tile containers, submit a Master Grade Certificate, signed by the manufacturer of the tile used and issued when the shipment is made, stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for the tile containers, and the name and location of the Project.
D. Specifications: Submit five (5) copies of manufacturer's recommended installation specifications for this Work.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool ceramic tile before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work of all other trades.
D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TILE
A. Waterline Face Tile:
1. Material: All waterline face tile shall be glazed ceramic tile (Group III standard) as manufactured by Dal-Tile.
2. Size: 6 x 6 inches.
3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-129 ‘Sky Blue’. Contact Kylee Midura [email protected] (858) 344-0019.
B. Depth Marker Tile (At Waterline):
1. Material: All depth marker tile shall be glazed ceramic tile as manufactured and/or distributed by Dal-Tile, or Precision Tile Co.
2. Size: 6 x 6 inches.
3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-129 ‘Sky Blue’ with Black silk screen numbers.
C. Depth / Caution Marker (On Deck):
1. Material: Sandblast text into precast coping to a depth of 1/16 inch max and fill with contrasting color epoxy flush with finish surface. Text font style and epoxy color to be approved by Architect. Prior to installation. Final location of markers to be approved by Architect prior to installation.
D. Pre-cast Coping:
1. Size and shape to match detail(s) on plans. Han-Crete, (909) 947-1453, Quickcrete Products. (951) 737-6240.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE 131104 - 3
2. Color: To match adjacent decking.
E. Beach Entry Tile
1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof non-slip unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1 percent as manufactured by Dal-Tile.
2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.
3. Color: Dal-Tile D-169 ‘Waterfall’ field tile with #D-311‘Black’ as railroad tie design.
2.2 MORTAR
A. Laticrete 3701 fortified mortar #LCR-37-1017.
B. Site mortar mix shall comply with ASTM C270 standards.
1. Sand for Mortar: Comply with requirements of fine aggregate for concrete.
2. Cement: Type 1 portland cement, conforming to ASTM C150.
3. Hydrated Lime: Conforming to ASTM C206 or 207, Type S.
4. Water: From a potable source.
C. Water: From a potable source.
D. Mortar shall meet ASTM C627
2.3 THIN SET MORTAR
A. Laticrete 254 Platinum, Laticrete, Custom or equal
B. Water from potable source.
C. Mortar shall meet ASTM C270 standards.
2.4 GROUT
A. All tile grout shall be waterproof grout complying with the recommendations of referenced standards. Grout color shall be grey for dark backgrounds, white for light backgrounds (verify colors with Architect).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that ceramic tile can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE 131104 - 4
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Method:
1. Install all ceramic tile in strict accordance with installation method P601-90 of the 2023 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc.
2. Be certain to install all ceramic tile perfectly level, flush, plumb, and to the finish grades and elevations indicated on the Drawings.
B. Interface:
1. Carefully establish and follow the required horizontal and vertical elevations to insure proper and adequate space for the work and materials of other trades.
2. Coordinate and cooperate as required with other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of ceramic tile Work with the Work of other trades.
3.3 GROUTING
A. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions.
B. Remove all grout haze, observing grout manufacturer's recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners.
3.4 EXTRA STOCK
A. Provide one (1) unopened box of extra tile for 2.1A-2.1E for Owners use at a future time.
3.5 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the swimming pool ceramic tile installation, thoroughly clean and polish the exposed surfaces of tile work. Completely clean work area of debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work and dispose of to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
END OF SECTION 131104
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 131105 - 1
SECTION 131105 – SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool plaster and waterproofing of swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified.
B. Start-up and operation instructions to Owner’s operations and maintenance personnel and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry until the Owner takes occupancy.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Standards: Swimming pool plaster shall conform with requirements of Chapter 31B of California Building Code, latest edition. In addition, meet requirements of applicable portions of most current edition of the “Technical Manual,” National Plasterers Council, Mission Viejo, California.
C. Start-up:
1. Furnish a swimming pool water chemistry consultant, with a minimum of five (5) years experience, possessing either AFO (Aquatic Facility Operator) or CPO (Certified Pool Operator) certification(s), to supervise and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry.
2. Demonstrate to the Owner that all systems are fully operational and that calcium hardness, total alkalinity, chlorine residual and pH levels are within specified limits.
3. Standards: Furnish labor and chemicals as required to condition the water properly to the following specifications:
a. Calcium Hardness: 200-400 parts per million (PPM)
b. Total Alkalinity: 80-100 PPM
c. Chlorine Residual: 1.00 to 2.0 PPM
d. pH Factor: 7.2 to 7.6
1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300.
B. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A and 1.2.C.1 of this Section.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 131105 - 2
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool plaster before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. No plastering shall be done under unsuitable conditions of weather or temperature. No plastering shall be done when prevailing temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or less.
B. Do not install plaster during rain and, if rain commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from rain by all means necessary until the plaster has set.
C. Do not install plaster during wind greater than 10 mph and, if wind commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from wind by all means necessary until the plaster has set.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CEMENT / AGGREGATE
A. Luna Quartz® tiny pebble finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Altima® quartz finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Pebble-Fina® pool finish by Pebble Technologies. Wet Edge Technologies, Pebble Technologies, Commercial Quartz or equal.
2.2 COLOR
A. All swimming pool plaster shall be white in color. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Luna Quartz® “Polar White”. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Altima® “White”. Pebble Technology shall be Pebble-Fina® “Classico”. Commercial Quartz ‘Commercial White’.Contractor to obtain written approval on selected pebble color from the local Health Department prior to installation. Submit cut sheet, color sample and written approval for review by Architect and Owner.”
2.3 WATER
A. A.Water for swimming pool plaster shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of acid, alkali, and organics.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 131105 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation can properly commence.
2. Verify that swimming pool plaster can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards, including proprietary application techniques and application training/certifications.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF POOL PLASTER
A. Outdoor Pools or Spas:
1. Completion of other work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met:
a. The Health Department and/or other governing agencies have approved the pool(s) and/or spas) for plaster.
b. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned.
c. All landscaping in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) is complete and the landscape irrigation system is operable.
d. All painting in the pool area is complete.
e. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. f. The backwash sewer connection is complete.
g. Pool(s) and/or spa(s) area(s) perimeter fencing installation is complete. h. All trash and debris have been removed from areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s), particularly those areas that are normally upwind from the pool(s) or spa(s). i. All dust raising construction and/or activities in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) are complete or mitigated.
j. The circulation pump(s) is/are operational.
k. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system.
l. All necessary chemicals (Chorine, pH adjuster, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride or any other required chemicals) are on site and ready for use. m. Obtain written approval from the Owner and the Architect.
B. Indoor Pools or Spas:
1. Completion of Other Work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met:
a. The Health Department has approved the pool(s) and/or spa(s) for plaster.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 131105 - 4
b. All work above the pool(s) and/or spa(s) is complete. c. All painting in the pool area is complete.
d. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. e. The backwash sewer connection is complete.
f. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned.
g. The circulation pump(s) is/are operation.
h. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system.
i. All necessary chemicals (Chlorine, Acid, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride) are on site and ready to use.
j. Obtain written approval from the Owner and the Architect.
C. Contractor accepts all liability from damage done to the pool plaster if the pool(s) or spa(s) is (are) plaster before the completion of the above listed items or without the written approval of the Owner and the Architect.
D. POOL PLASTER AUTHORIZATION FORM:
1. The pool(s) and or spa(s) at Johnson Pool is/are hereby approved for the installation of the pool plaster. Pursuant to the requirements of specification section 131105, paragraph 3.3.
Owner Date
Architect / Project Manager Date
E. Preparation:
1. Do not apply plaster over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable plaster finish.
2. Consult with manufacturer on application to specific surfaces being treated. Follow manufacturer's recommendation for curing of cast-in-place concrete or shotcrete sur-faces prior to application of plaster.
3. Protect ceramic tile, decking, deck equipment, gratings, fittings and other items by suitable covering or masking.
4. Mask or remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place not to receive pool plaster. Following completion of plaster for each space or area remove masking. Re-install all removed items utilizing workers skilled in the trades involved.
F. Application:
1. Finish shall be applied to a uniform thickness of 3/8” to ½” over the entire surface. The walls shall be scratch-coated followed by a finish coat. Material applied to the floor after the walls have been applied shall be accelerated to assure uniform setting time throughout the pool surface.
2. Float the plaster to a uniform plane and trowel to a smooth, dense, impervious surface using extreme care to avoid stains.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 131105 - 5
3. Take special care in finishing around pool fittings, making sure to mask off or plug openings so as not to fill such openings with excess plaster. Be certain to completely enclose pool fittings with plaster to insure a leak-proof seal around pipes, fittings, lights, anchors, etc.
4. Accurately interface with the finish planes of items installed by other trades.
5. Quartz and pebble plaster finish is to be applied by a licensed applicator as approved by the manufacturer, and in accordance with manufacturer’s training.
3.3 CURING
A. Preparation: Anticipate the need for required equipment and have all such equipment immediately available for use upon completion of pool plastering.
B. Pool Filling:
1. After the plaster has sufficiently dried and before drying has proceeded to a damaging point, cure the plaster by gradually filling the pool with water, preventing all damage to finished plaster surfaces.
2. Flow the water continuously until the pool is filled.
3. When the weather is hot and/or water pressure is low, keep the pool walls damp while the pool is filling.
4. Coordinate with Contractor to ensure that the pool is continuously monitored while filling to prevent overfill.
3.4 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION
A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up.
B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen-day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen-day period.
C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques in-volved.
Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy).
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 131105 - 6
3.5 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of swimming pool plaster, remove all materials, equipment and debris occasioned by this Work and leave the job site in a clean and presentable condition. Perform all such clean-up to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
3.6 WARRANTY
A. All applicators must provide a minimum of five (5) year warranty for application and workmanship additional to the manufacturer’s warranty for product.
END OF SECTION 131105
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 1
SECTION 131106 – SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool equipment items required for this Work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with regulations governing public swimming pools and spas as contained within Chapter 31 of California Building Code, latest edition.
1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300.
B. Required submittals include:
1. Swimming Pool Safety Equipment, Maintenance Equipment and Fittings as specified in Articles 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this Section.
2. Swimming Pool Deck and Mechanical Equipment as specified in Article 2.4 through 2.17 of this Section.
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A of this Section.
D. The equipment shown on the plans represent the first listed items in the technical specifications.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all required field coordination and installation of any approved equal product to provide a fully working and warranted system. The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings for any products used other than the first listed specified items.
Contractor provided shop drawings shall include details and quality equal to the original plans and construction documents. The Contractor shall provide any and all required engineering including but not limited to structural and anchorage requirements for any proposed equipment other than the first listed specified equipment. The Contractor is responsible to provide a factory certified representative(s) to start-up and provide on-site training for all swimming pool mechanical equipment provided.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 2
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool equipment items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work specified in other Sections.
B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SAFETY EQUIPMENT
A. First Aid Kit for 50 Persons with two (2) wool blankets: Marine Rescue or approved equal.
Quantity as required by the Department of Health, one (1) minimum.
B. Rescue Tubes (minimum 49” long) and Life Ring Buoy (minimum 24” in diameter), U.S. Coast Guard Approved: Marine Rescue or approved equal. Quantity as required by the Department of Health, one (1) minimum.
C. 3/16” diameter Throw Rope, complete with lemon foot, for use with Life Ring Buoy: Kiefer, United Industries, or approved equal. Quantity as required by the Department of Health, one (1) minimum.
D. Rescue Hooks, 16’ long x 1-1/2” aluminum pole and stainless-steel mounting hardware: Kiefer, Pentair or approved equal. Quantity as required by the Department of Health, one (1) minimum.
E. Pool Safety Signs: As required by the Department of Health. Submittal required. Placement at the pool site shall be in conformance with Health Department Inspector, one (1) minimum and one (1) set of Spray Ground signage.
2.2 MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
A. Commercial Pool Vacuum: Commercial Pool Vacuum: Provide pool vacuum cart with a 155- square foot single-cartridge filter, lid-mounted handle, separate lid-mounted bracket for electrical cord, and two rubber-tired ball bearing wheels with grease fittings. Cart and filter shall be fabricated from schedule 304 stainless steel with welds treated and passified. Provide Whisperflo pump with a 1 1/2 hp, 115/230 volt, maximum 20 amp draw @ 120 volts, single phase motor and integral trap. Pump shall be UL and NSF listed, have 2" suction and 1 1/2" discharge fittings, and have a brass priming valve with hose bib. Entire pump assembly shall be anchored to vacuum cart with two stainless steel bolts. Provide a 100 foot 10 AWG 3/C SJ electrical cord with ground fault interrupter (GFI) plus. Cord shall be wired to a double pole, 30-amp switch which shall be mounted on pump motor. One (1) required.
B. Heavy Duty Vacuum Hose: 2" x 50' with hose connector. Pentair, Smooth Bore or approved equal. One (1) required.
C. Utility Pole: 24' fiberglass with connectors. Pentair, Skimlite or approved equal. Two (2) required.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 3
D. Pool Wall Brush: 36" wide professional quality. Pentair or approved equal. One (1) required.
E. Leaf Skimmer: 30" x 8" x 12", professional quality. Pentair, Spectrum or approved equal. One (1) required.
F. Water Quality Test Kit, Professional Grade, Taylor Technologies Model #1741C, LaMotte Model #PRO250-NJ or approved equal. One (1) required.
2.3 SWIMMING POOL FITTINGS
A. Swimming Pool Main Drain Frame & Grate (18” x 36”): Daldorado DalMax-SG/FG-1836 VGBA and USPC compliant. Two (2) required. Hayward 2” collector tubes #SP1056 and Hayward 2” hydrostatic relief valves #SP1055, or approved equal, two (2) required. Contractor shall provide to the Owner a Certificate of Compliance, signed by a licensed design professional, for main drain sump(s) and frame(s) and grate(s), as required by the Virginia Graeme Baker Act.
B. Surface Skimmer: Waterway # 540-6350, 2 1/2” with solvent weld fittings. Rated at 75 GPM.
Eight (8) required at Swimming Pool.
C. Floor Return Inlet 1-1/2” Adjustable: StaRite #08417-0000, United Industries, or approved equal.
Eighteen (18) required at swimming pool.
D. Swimming Pool Underwater Lights: ‘Pure White LED’ #LPL-F5W-120 -100 (100’ cord) Stainless steel face rings, 87-watt lamps and LWC (J&J Electronics); provide stainless steel light niches, #78210600 with 1” rear hubs. ‘Pentair’ or approved equal. Six (6) required at Swimming Pool.
E. Junction Box for Underwater Lights, completed with strain reliefs: Hydrel #1719, Appleton or approved equal. Three (3) required at swimming pool.
2.4 WET PLAY EQUIPMENT
PRODUCT QTY TOTAL
FLOW
1. Lily Pad
Waterplay #0010-7491
2 12 GPM
2. Tiny Train Slide
Water Odyssey #F1117
1 37 GPM
3. Vortex Slide
SR Smith #695-209-124
1 30 GPM
4. Aqua Zip N’
Poolside Adventures
1 NA
2.5 SWIMMING POOL DECK EQUIPMENT
A. Adjustable Grab Rails: KDI-Paragon #30302, 1.90" O.D. x .109" wall, no known equal. Two (2) sets required at Swimming Pool.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 4
B. Recessed Steps, Set of 3: KDI-Paragon #32102, no known equal. Four (4) sets of three required at Swimming Pool.
C. Anchor Sockets for Grab Rails: KDI-Paragon 28102, no known equal. Eight (8) required.
D. Stainless Steel Escutcheon Plates for Grab Rails: KDI-Paragon 28301, no known equal. Eight (8) required at Swimming Pool.
E. Accessible Lift: Aqua Creek Mighty 400 #F-MTY400 (350 lb. min and 400 lb. max lifting capacity) self-operated, or approved equal. Furnish complete with anchors, cover, extra battery pack and transporter cart #INV01902. All parts and accessories shall be ‘Coastal Gray’. One (1) required.
F. Pool Cover System: (T-Star or equal)
1. A pool cover system as described below shall be provided and shall include all the specified features, without exception. Submittal data must include complete documentation relating to all the specified features and include manufacturer's sales literature, specification sheets, and installation/operation/¬maintenance manuals. Upon written request by the specifying agent, the following samples must be provided: samples of tubing used for storage reel winding tubes and end frames; a sample winding tube bearing; a sample castor wheel assembly; and a cover sample measuring at least 8" x 11", including weighted side edge, reinforced end edge, and grommet.
2. Cover Material:
a. Material shall be woven, 10 by 10 count per inch, high-density polyethylene, ultraviolet stabilized film fabric, laminated to both sides of 1/8" thick, closed cell, medium density, white, polyethylene foam. The woven polyethylene film fabric shall be coated on both sides with an ultraviolet stabilized, chemically resistant polyethylene coating. The combination of film, foam and woven components shall be non-toxic, on-absorbent, non-permeable and buoyant. Color shall be blue on upper surface and black on under surface. In addition to the above, cover must meet the following requirements:
Thickness 1/8 inch minus or plus 10%
Foam Density 2 lbs. per cubic foot
Weight 5 oz. per square foot
Tensile Strength 318 lbs. (ASTM 168264)
Tear Strength 60 lbs. (ASTM D2261-71)
Bursting Strength (Mullen Tester): 425 psi (ASTM 751-73) Service Temperature -40°F to +160°F
K Factor .25 BTU/sq. ft.-Hr-°F/inch (ASTM D2326)
Reinforced Edge Tear Strength 1225 lbs. pull strength, corner to corner Open Seam Tear Strength 70 lbs.
3. Cover Design Criteria:
a. Cover panels shall totally cover the surface of the pool without gaps or overlaps with reinforced cutouts to accommodate rounded corners, step areas, rails, etc. Cover panels shall be of the following quantities and sizes:
Qty. Size
3 13 feet, 4 inch x 92 feet, 2 inch
b. Along end and side edges of each panel, a weighted material shall be sewn in and shall be continuous, non-corrosive and conform to the flat shape of the cover. End Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 5
edges shall be reinforced with a double layer of polyethylene-coated film fabric and designed in such a manner as to prevent panels from dividing when the are being pulled across the water. On all corners, weighted edge shall wrap corners and be itself encapsulated by the two layers of end reinforcement. The entire corner construction shall be reinforced with an 1/8" thick load dispersion plate and noncorrosive grommet. c. Both ends of each cover panel shall be equipped with no less than three (3) noncorrosive grommets and quick-release loops for easy connection to the storage reel or to the next cover panel. All sewing shall be ultra-violet stabilized and chemically resistant 100% polyester thread. Main body seams shall be welded, glued or heat sealed. Complete mechanical attachment with lock-stitched thread shall be required.
Warning labels consistent with the recommendations of the Federal Consumer Protection Agency shall be permanently affixed to each end of each cover panel and to the sides of perimeter panels.
4. Storage Reels:
a. The following quantity, type, and size of storage reels shall be provided:
Qty. Winding Tubes Per Reel Length of Winding Tubes
1 3 15 foot
2 2 16 Foot
b. Storage reel frame, winding tubes, castors, brake shafts, cranks and fasteners shall be made of type 304 stainless steel. Each reel shall have six wheels, each of which shall be 6 inches in diameter, be rated at 1150 pounds load capacity and be made of solid polyurethane. Wheels shall be lubricateable through grease fittings on stainless steel axle shafts and have stainless steel swivel yoke assemblies. The reel shall have two frame mounted, screw-type brakes with pads that lock directly to the pool deck and have a total of 18 square inches of total braking surface. Castor brakes or other types of foot-operated or lever-operated brakes will not be considered equal. Each winding tube shall be 4 1/2 inches in diameter; have a wall thickness of .120 inches; and shall consist of continuous length of tubing without joints or welds. Reels with tubes fabricated from two or more pieces of tubing joined together will not be acceptable. End frames shall be fabricated from 1 1/2-inch square Schedule 304 stainless steel box beam tubing with .120" wall thickness. To facilitate field repair, 3/8" stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers shall be used to connect major reel frame parts, wheels, brakes, bearings and winding tubes. Reels that use welding to connect these components will not be considered equal. Winding tube bearings shall be heavy duty, self-aligning, pillow block ball bearings with set screws to secure tube shafts and prevent their lateral movement. All bearings shall be lubricateable through grease fittings. Plastic surface bearings will not be acceptable. c. Each storage reel shall be provided with a protective cover constructed of vinyllaminated polyester cloth, 1000 denier, totaling 13 ounces per square yard.
5. Measuring and Training:
a. A representative of the manufacturer shall visit pool site to confirm measurements prior to fabrication of cover, and once cover is delivered, train operating personnel and supervise initial installation of cover.
6. Warranty:
a. Cover panels shall be provided with manufacturer's three- year full replacement warranty covering defects in material and workmanship. Storage reel shall be provided with manufacturer’s 10-year warranty covering defects in material and workmanship
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 6
2.6 SWIMMING POOL CIRCULATION PUMP:
A. ‘Pentair’ C Series CMK-75, 7 ½ HP, 200-208V, 3PH with integral strainer, 3450 RPM rated at 300 GPM at 60 ft. TDH. Provide ‘Pentair’ ‘Accudrive’ #AD075-2303-N12 variable speed drive with flow meter input and user lockout. VFD to be programmed with normal circulation flow rate, backwash and night time flow rate set to non-operational hours only. Coordinate mounting location to maintain desired clearances, 230V 3PH.
2.7 WATER PLAY BOOSTER PUMP
A. Pentair ‘Intelliflo3 VSF’ pump #011065 208V 1PH, 1.5 HP with integral variable speed control, self priming pump, 3450 RPM rated at 170 GPM at 60 ft. TDH with integral strainer. One (1) total. (55 lbs) pump to be programmed with normal circulation flow rate of 43 GPM. One (1) total. Booster pump shall be interconnected to all equipment. Pump shall not function if circulation pump or UV system are not functioning.
2.8 SWIMMING POOL FILTERS
A. ‘Pentair’ Triton #3-TR-140C-3 hi rate permanent media filters with 21.18 sq. ft. of filter area rated at 317.7 GPM at 15 GPM/sq. ft. Complete with 3” pre-manufactured manual multi-port valve, 3” backwash, seismic anchorage. Provide all utilities, piping, valving, etc. Four (4) total. (1007 lbs. per tank)
2.9 SWIMMING POOL HEATER
A. Indirect fired pool heating package system, ‘Aquas’ Crest smarttouch control condensing modulating boiler, titanium heat exchanger with CPVC connections, factory assembled skid mounted package, California Code Controls, 1 ½” natural gas connection, 3” water connections, 6” diameter air inlet and 8” diameter flue vent size, PVC vented, 1,250,000 BTU per hour input, 97% efficient. Provide ¾” cold water connection ‘Lochinvar’ APO1250N, weight = 2809 lbs.
One (1) total.
2.10 (E) CHLORINE STORAGE/FEED SYSTEM
A. Use existing 500-gallon dual storage/containment tanks with lid seismically restrained; operating weight = 4,165 lbs. Complies with Fed. Reg. #40CFR-264-193. New feed pump shall be Sure Water Technologies ‘The Solution’ 1728 GPD max. ½ HP pump, ‘Berkeley’ #SS1XN, 115/230V, 1PH motor, TEFC, complete with piping, valving and mounting. One (1) total.
2.11 CARBON DIOXIDE STORAGE FEED SYSTEM
A. Provide one (1) ‘NOVO-600’ 600 lb. cryogenic liquid CO2 storage tank with remote fill port. 594 liquid lbs. (5195 cubic feet of gaseous CO2 at NTP) one (1) total. Provide EKO PH-MTS CO2 high efficiency feed system with alkalinity control, 0 to 160 SCFH feed capacity booster pump, piping injector, flowmeter, relays and acid feed alkalinity control. One (1) system total. (92 lbs.) Provide hard wired ‘Analox’ #API KIT CO2 detector with audible and visual alarms in chemical room, UL 1971 standard listed, one (1) total.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 7
2.12 SWIMMING POOL WATER LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Niche mounted ‘PEM’ model L104-46 wall mounted sensor unit with ‘PEM’ L104-100A, 115V U.L. listed control panel, solenoid valve, etc. Swimming Pool Line = 4”. One (1) total.
2.13 FLOWMETER
A. ‘Blue/White’ F-300, Swimming Pool = 4” line size. One (1) total.
2.14 SWIMMING POOL WATER CHEMISTRY CONTROLLER
A. Provide one (1) dedicated ethernet connection for one (1) BecSys System 5 water chemistry controller. Provide complete system control package. ‘BecSys 7’, ‘Impact’, Wallace & Tiernan’ or approved equal. One (1) total.
2.15 ELECTRICAL
A. Provide all electrical wiring conduit, panel(s), starters/disconnect interconnects, etc. as required for proper equipment installation per manufacturer’s recommendations and shop drawings.
Coordinate all work with other trades as required. Refer to electrical plans for all additional information. All underwater lights to be controlled via 24-hour time clock. Swimming pool filters to be controlled via 24-hour time clock. Time clocks for pool circulation and wet play booster pump shall be programmable to limit operation of pumps to off peak demand periods during California State Energy Commission imposed power reduction periods in compliance with Section 114(b)311 of the 2010 Building Energy Efficiency Standards.
2.16 EYEWASH / SHOWER
A. Haws Model #8300-8309 CRP corrosion resistant combination eye/face wash/shower. See MEP Sheets for water supply piping. One (1) total.
2.17 WET PLAY ULTRAVIOLET SYSTEM
A. ‘Evoqua’ #WF-115-3-N, validated at 242 GPM, 3” flanged connection in-line UV with two (2) lamps at 1,500 watts, 208V 1PH. Control Unit: 208V 1PH 23” x 31” x 12” deep (60 lbs.) Provide piping bypass, valving, ETS EZ valve strainer and install per manufacturer’s instructions. One (1) system total.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 8
1. Prior to installing the items of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that the swimming pool equipment items may be installed in strict accordance with original design, pertinent codes and regulations, and the manufacturers' recommendations.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Installer of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Supply and install items of swimming pool equipment in strict accordance with applicable codes and regulations, the original design, and the manufacturer's published recommendations, anchoring firmly and securely for long life under hard use.
B. Coordinate with other trades to insure all imbedded items are set plumb and flush. Railing ends must have anchor sockets and escutcheon plates. Be certain that deck equipment and railings are properly bonded prior to imbedding.
C. All equipment shall be braced and/or anchored to resist a horizontal force acting in any direction using the criteria shown on the Drawings.
3.3 INSTRUCTION
A. The Contractor shall provide a factory certified representative(s) to start-up and certify proper installation, operation and full warranty status of all swimming pool mechanical equipment. The Contractor shall provide not less than two 8-hour days of on-site training for facility staff in the operation and maintenance of the swimming pool mechanical equipment and systems. The two 8-hour days shall be separated by a minimum of seven calendar days and be completed within the 14-day start-up period.
3.4 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION
A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up.
B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen-day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen-day period.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT 131106 - 9
C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques involved.
Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy).
3.5 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of swimming pool equipment, remove all debris, materials and equipment occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
END OF SECTION 131106
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 1
SECTION 131107 – SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool mechanical piping as indicated on the Drawings for circulation and filtration systems, pool water heating systems, chemical control systems, booster pump systems and appurtenances.
B. Domestic water system from points of connection within swimming pool mechanical equipment room to make-up water system.
C. Filter backwash piping to point of connection with backwash retention pit as required.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Standards:
1. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with Chapter 31 of California Building Code, latest edition.
2. Work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable editions of all National, State and local codes, laws, regulations and ordinances, including the following:
a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
b. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM).
c. American Waterworks Association (AWWA).
d. American Welding Society (AWS).
3. Do not construe anything in the Drawings or Specifications to permit Work not conforming to these requirements.
1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300.
B. Required submittals include:
1. Pipe and Fittings as specified in Article 2.2 of this Section.
2. Valves as specified in Article 2.3 of this Section.
3. Pressure / Vacuum Gauges as specified in Article 2.4 of this Section.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 2
4. Pipe Hangers and Supports as specified in Article 2.5 of this Section.
5. Sleeves and Waterstops as specified in Article 2.6 of this Section.
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A of this Section.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool mechanical items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. A.Cooperate with entities performing Work specified in other Sections to so that no conflict of new construction or occupied space may occur. Should any installation Work be done without such craft coordination, that Work so installed shall be removed and re-installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT QUALITY
A. Materials and equipment shall be new, of the best quality for the purpose intended, and shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer's name and nameplate data or stamp and rating. As far as practicable, materials and equipment shall be of one manufacturer.
2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. PVC Schedule 40: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be white. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.
B. PVC Schedule 80: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be gray. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal.
C. CPVC Schedule 80 Influent/Effluent Heater Piping: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be gray. Dura, or Lasco.
D. PVC DR25: Conforming to ASTM D-1784, use with epoxy coated bell and spigot-type fittings or epoxy coated mechanical joint by flange adapters with epoxy coated cast iron fittings as Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 3
specified in Article 2.02 (F), below. Johns-Manville "Big Blue", Diamond Plastics, or approved equal.
E. Copper Tubing: ASTM Specification B-88, hard drawn, with ANSI Standard B16.22 wrot copper fittings.
F. Steel: ASTM Specification A-120, Schedule 40 black or galvanized pipe with ASTM A-47 150 lb. banded malleable iron threaded fittings.
G. Cast Iron: ASTM Specification B16.1, cast iron flanged fittings, provide epoxy coating as required for use with chlorinated water.
2.3 VALVES
A. Ball Valves:
1. For pool system: True-Union design, PTFE seat material with FPM or FKM Double Oring stem seals, locking handle, NSF certified. PVC schedule 80 body for below grade installation. PVC Schedule 80 body for above grade installation. Furnish ball valves on all pip diameters 2 ½” or less with a rating of at least 200psi at 73° F, Asahi, Ipex or Nibco.
2. For copper pipe system: 3-piece full-port Bronze body valve with Teflon seat, ‘Apollo’, ‘Nibco’ or approved equal.
B. Butterfly Valves:
1. Epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel disc and stem, viton seat material, furnish hand wheel/gear operators on all valves 8" and larger. DeZurick, Keystone, Ipex or equal.
2. PVC body, PVC disc and EPDM construction suitable for chlorinated water applications.
Stem shall be of 316 stainless steel and non-wetted. Valves shall be self-gasketed design with a convex sealing arrangement. Valves 1-1/2” – 10” shall be rated to 150 psi and 12” valves shall be rated to 100 psi at 70°F. Asahi Pool-Pro, no known equal.
C. Check Valves: Wafer-type, epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel plates and shaft, viton seat material. Centerline, Metraflex, or approved equal.
D. Surge Chamber Float Valve: Swimming Pool; EPD #2-0020-230 Float Control Valve, 10" line size, as manufactured by Environmental Products Division of Doughboy Recreational, Rancho Cucamonga, CA, no known equal.
E. Surge Chamber Isolation Valve: Butterfly valve, tapped lug style, bronze body, stainless steel stem, bronze disc, phenolic back-up ring, EPT seat material. Provide stainless steel shaft extension, shaft housing and tool operator located 2’-0” above floor level with deck access grate as required. DeZurick, Keystone, Asahi, Spears, Ipex or approved equal.
F. RP Backflow Preventer: Febco #835-B for 2" and smaller; #825 for 2-1/2" and larger. Febco, Watts, or approved equal.
G. Swimming Pool Make-up Water Control: 3” Cla-Val solenoid control valve #136-01BY; 3 inch ductile iron, epoxy coated body with cast iron disc retainer and diaphragm washer, bronze trim, flanged globe pattern, 120V at 60 Hz. Solenoid wiring shall be wired to water chemistry controller. Provide 6 inch air gap at fill point. Wet Play Make-up Water Control shall be 1” ClaNot for Construction For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 4
Val solenoid control valve #136-01BY as listed above. Provide 2” air gap at fill point. Two (2) systems total.
2.4 PRESSURE / VACUUM GAUGES
A. Furnish and install pressure and vacuum gauges on the discharge and suction sides of all pumps. 2” or 2 1/2" diameter dial, bottom connection, chrome ring, shut-off cock and snubber. Ranges shall be selected to indicate between mid-point and two-thirds of maximum range under design conditions. Marsh, Trerice, or approved equal.
2.5 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General:
1. The requirements of this Section relates to various requirements of the Agreement, General and Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, and modifying documents which are part of the Construction Contract. Responsibility for coordination of all such applicable requirements will be that of the Contractor.
B. Description:
1. This section provides guidelines and limitations for the support of all mechanical, electrical, plumbing or architectural items from the building structure, and for the seismic bracing of such items.
2. Design and install all support and bracing systems as required for the swimming pool systems. Provide for attachment to portions of the building structure capable of bearing the loads imposed. Design these systems to not overstress the building structure.
C. Quality Assurance:
1. Design and install all support systems to comply with the requirements of the 2016 California Building Code, Chapter 16A.
2. Seismic bracing is to be designed by a professional engineer licensed in the State of California.
3. For the seismic bracing of mechanical, electrical and plumbing system, refer to “Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems” by Sheet Metal and Air conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., (SMACNA) for guidelines.
D. Submittals:
1. Submit shop drawings for all substructures and attachment methods.
2. Submit proposed alternative methods of attachment for review and approval by the Architects, prior to deviating from the requirements given below.
3. For all pipe hangers and support systems, submit structural calculations and details which include all resultant forces applied to the building structure and are prepared and signed by the Contractor’s licensed California professional engineer. Calculations will be reviewed for compliance with design criteria, not for arithmetic.
E. Materials:
1. Use Kin-Line, Grinnel, or approved equal.
2. Support all pipelines individually with hangers, each branch having at least one hanger.
Lateral brace as noted and required.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 5
3. Support piping near floor with steel stanchions welded to end plates secured to pipe and floor.
4. Support vertical piping at each floor level. Install coupling in piping at each support.
Coupling shall rest on and transmit load to support. Isolate copper from steel supports with vinyl electrician's tape around pipe and coupling.
5. Use Stoneman "Trisolator," Unistrut, or approved equal, isolators at each hanger and other support points on bare copper tubing system.
6. For PVC pipe, space hangers four (4) feet apart for pipe sizes 1" and under, five (5) feet apart for pipe sizes 1-1/4" to 2", and six (6) feet apart for pipe sizes over 2". Space hangers for horizontal pipes at a maximum of six (6) feet for copper 2" and smaller and for steel 1- 1/4" and smaller; ten (10) feet for copper 2-1/2" and larger and for steel 1-1/2" and larger.
7. Size hanger rods, screws, bolts, nuts, etc., according to manufacturer's sizing charts.
8. Trapeze hangers may be used for parallel lines.
9. Use galvanized or cadmium plated hangers, attachments, rods, nuts, bolts, and other accessories in pool mechanical room, high humidity areas, or where exposed to weather.
Hot dip galvanize all items which are not factory furnished. Plating for hinged movements must be done at the factory.
10. Lateral Bracing: To prevent swaying of the piping systems, provide angle iron bracing and anchor into wall or overhead framing. Piping shall be braced or anchored in such a way as to resist a horizontal force of 50% of its operating weight in any direction.
11. Do not use wire or other makeshift devices for hangers.
12. Furnish all substructures and fasteners required to comply with the limitations given below.
Use material as specified in the various sections and as appropriate to their use.
F. Guidelines & Limitations:
1. Each Contractor will coordinate the load requirements from all subcontractors so that no combination of loads overstresses the building structure or exceed the limitations given below.
2. Concrete Structure:
a. Support all loads hung from concrete structure with cast-in-place inserts, unless drilled-in anchors are specifically approved in writing prior to placing the concrete. b. Concrete anchors must not penetrate into reinforcing bars. Where the anchors boring indicates the presence of reinforcing bar, patch hole with an epoxy type grout and relocate anchor 12 diameters away.
c. Individual expansion anchors cannot support any loads greater than 300 pounds or manufacturer’s specified load capacity without approval.
3. Steel Structure:
a. Hang no more than 20 pounds per metal deck rib in any span. b. At beams, hang all beam loads greater than 40 pounds concentric to beam, not off the flanges.
c. Attached no loads to the beams or girders greater than the following without specific approval from the architect;
1) Roof beams and girders: 300 pound point load or 600 pound total load for a single span.
G. Seismic Bracing:
1. Design and install seismic bracing to not ground out vibration and sound isolation systems.
2. All items of mechanical and electrical equipment 60” or more in height are to be seismically braced whether such bracing is shown or not.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 6
2.6 SLEEVES AND WATERSTOPS
A. Provide sleeves where work of this Section passes through fire rated partitions, floors and ceilings, concrete slabs or exterior of structure. Caulk clearance space using sealant appropriate for application in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and Title 24 of California Code of Regulations. 3m, Dow Corning, or approved equal. In lieu of sleeves and caulking, "Link Seal" products may be used.
B. Provide prefabricated waterstops as indicated on the Drawings at all pipe penetrations through structures containing stored water (i.e., swimming pools, balance/surge tanks, etc.) to insure leakproof seals.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that items of this Section may be installed in accordance with the original design and referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3. Failure to notify the Owner’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive his work.
3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
A. Abbreviations and symbols on the Drawings are those most commonly used. Obtain clarification from the Owner’s Representative on any questionable items before bid.
3.3 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS
A. Size any section of pipe for which size is not indicated or any intermediate section erroneously shown undersized the same size as the largest pipe connecting to it. Sizes listed are nominal.
B. Cut pipe accurately to job measurements and install without springing or forcing, true to line and grade, generally square with building and/or structures and adequately supported to prevent undue stress on pipe, fittings and accessories.
C. Make changes of direction with manufactured fittings. Street ells, bushings, reducing flanges, close nipples or bending of pipe is not allowed.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 7
D. Use great care to install piping in accordance with best practice. Plastic pipe shall be “snaked” in trenches to allow for thermal expansion.
E. All above grade, below grade and buried or imbedded PVC shall be installed using solvent weld fittings. Also, each and every fitting and pipe end shall be prepared with solvent primer. Fittings shall be joined individually and with enough time between assembly of adjacent joints to allow them to seal solidly. After joining, an even ring of primer must be visible around the entire fitting.
If any fittings are installed without visible primer, the fitting shall be removed and discarded and piping recut, rechamfered and joint made up again using a new fitting. All procedures, methods and techniques used to make up solvent weld joints shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Arrange pipe and hangers to allow for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. No pipe shall contact structure except penetrations as shown on the Drawings.
G. Provide dielectric connections between copper and dissimilar metals. In copper systems, threaded piping including connections to equipment shall be brass pipe and fittings. Install dielectric connections in vertical sections of piping only.
H. Run pipe full size through shut-off valves, balancing valves, etc. Change pipe size within three (3) pipe diameters of final connection to control valves, fixtures and other equipment.
I. Provide unions or flanges at connections to equipment, on service side of valves and elsewhere as required to facilitate ease of maintenance.
J. Locate equipment shut-off valves as close to equipment as possible maintaining easy valve access.
K. Make all connections between domestic water systems and equipment or face piping with approved backflow prevention devices as required.
L. All PVC pipe exposed to direct sunlight shall be painted with two coats of Exterior Acrylic SemiGloss Paint, Sherwin Williams or equal. Color to be selected by the Architect. Prior to painting the PVC pipes, the exterior of all PVC pipes shall be wiped with Methyl Ethyl Ketone, or an approved equal, to remove the glaze from the pipes.
M. The Main Drain pipe must run either level or uphill from the main drain sump, through the surge pit (if applicable) and then to the circulation pump.
3.4 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavation:
1. Excavate and backfill trenches as required for the Work of this Section. Conform to requirements of Section 131101.
2. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever materials encountered, to the depths indicated on the Drawings or as necessary. The Contractor shall dispose of the excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill as directed, and shall perform such grading as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into the trenches. The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of storm or subsurface waters, which may accumulate in the excavated areas.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 8
B. Trenching:
1. Excavate trenches to lines and grades as indicated on the Drawings and with banks as nearly vertical as practicable.
2. Bottoms of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing on undisturbed soil for the entire length of each section of pipe.
3. The width of the trench at and below the top of the pipe shall be such that the clear space between the barrel of the pipe and the trench wall shall not exceed 8” on either side of the pipe. The width of trench above the top of pipe may be wider if necessary.
4. Over-depth excavations shall be filled with tamped sand to required grades.
5. Excavations of five (5) feet or more in depth shall be shored or supported in conformance with rules, and regulations of State and Federal Governments. Shoring shall be constructed, maintained and removed in a manner to prevent caving of the excavation walls or other load on the pipe.
C. Backfilling:
1. Material for backfilling of pipes shall be approved granular material less than two (2) inches in diameter obtained from the excavation. No material of a perishable, spongy or otherwise unsuitable nature shall be used as backfill.
2. Backfilling of pipe trenches shall commence immediately after installation and testing to preclude damage to the installed pipe. Backfill around pipe shall be carefully placed so as not to displace or damage the pipe, and shall be carried up symmetrically on each side of the pipe to one foot above the top of the pipe. The material shall be carefully compacted or consolidated before additional backfill is placed.
3. Backfill above an elevation of one foot above the top of pipe in conformance with requirements of Section 131101. Material for balance of backfill shall be approved granular material less than six (6) inches in diameter taken from the excavation.
4. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, all pipe shall have a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of cover.
3.5 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. Position equipment to result in good appearance and easy access to all components for maintenance and repairs.
B. Install piping, flues, breeching and ducts so that they do not interfere with equipment access.
C. Install level, secure and out of moisture. Provide shims, anchors, support straps, angles, grouted bases, or other items as required to accomplish proper installation.
D. All screws, nuts, bolts and washers shall be galvanized, cadmium plated or stainless steel. After fabrication, hot-dip galvanize unfinished ferrous items for outdoor, below grade or other use subject to moisture.
E. Extend 1/2” Schedule 40 black steel pipe lubrication tubes from all hard to reach locations to front of equipment or to access points. Terminate with proper type of lubrication fitting.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 9
3.6 VALVES AND STRAINERS
A. If no shut-off is indicated, provide ball valves at inlet connections and balance valves at outlet connections to fixtures and equipment. Provide proper valve trim for service intended.
B. Use no solder end valves unless noted otherwise; provide adapters in copper tubing systems.
C. Locate valves with stems above horizontal plane of pipe. In general, locate valves within six (6) feet of floor, out from under equipment, in accessible locations with adequate clearance around hand wheels or levers for easy operation.
D. Provide all valves, cocks and strainers, full pipe size unless indicated otherwise.
E. Provide hand wheel operators on all valves 6” and larger, under 6” lever operators may be used.
F. Provide tool operated valve with stainless steel shaft extension and 'on deck' tool operation for surge chamber butterfly isolation valve.
3.7 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING
A. Identify each valve by a numbered brass tag with hole and brass chain mounted on valve stem or handle. Tag to be a minimum of 1” in diameter and numbers at least 1/4” high stamped into tag.
Valves and plumbing lines shall be labeled clearly with the source or destination descriptions.
B. Install an identification chart in a plastic or glass framed enclosure, which schematically illustrates the proper operation of all piping systems and indicates number and location of all valves and control devices within the system.
C. The direction of flow for the recirculation equipment shall be labeled clearly with directional symbols such as arrows on all piping in the equipment area. Where the recirculation equipment for more than one pool is located on site, the equipment shall be marked as to which pool the system serves.
3.8 TESTS
A. Perform tests in presence of Owner’s Representative with no pressure loss or noticeable leaks.
B. Do not include valves and equipment in tests. Include connection to previously tested sections if systems are tested in sections.
C. Perform tests as follows:
System Test
Pressure
Test
Medium
Duration
Skimmer Lines and
Lawson Main Drain sump lines
20psig Water* 4 hours
Pool Piping 50 psig Water* 4 hours
Pool Main Drains 30 psig Water* 4 hours
Domestic Water 150 psig Water* 4 hours
*Never test PVC pipe or fittings with air or other gases, always use water.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 10
3.9 PIPE MATERIAL APPLICATION
A. PVC Schedule 40: Below grade swimming pool piping and domestic water piping up to 12” line size; use standard solvent weld fittings.
B. PVC Schedule 80: Above grade swimming pool piping up to 12” line size; use solvent weld Schedule 80 or epoxy coated cast iron fittings.
C. Type L Hard Copper: Above grade domestic water piping.
D. CPVC Schedule 80; Pool Heater Piping.
E. Schedule 40 Steel: Natural gas piping.
3.10 CUTTING AND DRILLING
A. Cutting or drilling necessary for installation of Work of this Section shall be done only with approval of Owner’s Representative.
3.11 CLOSING-IN OF UNINSPECTED WORK
A. Do not cover or enclose Work before testing and inspection. Re-open Work prematurely closed and restore all Work damaged.
3.12 QUIETNESS
A. Quietness is a requirement. Eliminate noise, other than that caused by specified equipment operating at optimum conditions, as directed by Owner’s Representative.
3.13 FLUSHING OF LINES
A. Flush or blow out pipes free from foreign substances before installing valves, stops or making final connections. Clean piping systems of dirt and dust prior to initial start-up.
B. Just prior to plastering the pool, under the observations of the IOR, the pool mechanical system shall be flushed using the pool circulation pump. Circulate water through the mechanical system until the effluent water from the pool return heads runs clean.
3.14 CLEAN-UP
A. After all Work has been tested and approved, the Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall thoroughly clean all parts of the equipment installations, including all pool pipe and fittings in the pool mechanical room. Exposed parts shall be cleaned of cement, plaster and other materials and all grease and oil spots removed with solvent.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL 131107 - 11
B. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall remove debris from the Project site. Cartons, boxes, packing crates and excess materials not used, occasioned by this work shall be disposed of to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.
C. If the above requirements of clean up are not performed to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative, the Owner reserves the right to order the work done, the cost of which shall be borne by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.
END OF SECTION 131107
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 1
SECTION 131108 – SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install the swimming pool electrical system including but not limited to:
1. A complete and operable system of service equipment, switchboards, panelboards, conduits, switches, time clocks and wiring for power and lighting, motor control centers.
2. Junction and/or pull boxes, conduits, disconnects, starters, contactors, wiring and connection of all motors and mechanical equipment, including connection and wiring of line voltage controls associated with the mechanical systems.
3. Swimming pool underwater lighting systems.
4. Swimming pool timing system outlets and scoreboard.
5. Complete grounding system as required and shown on the Drawings.
6. Complete equipotential bonding system as required and shown on the Drawings.
7. Adjusting and preliminary operation of the completed electrical system as described in Article 3.6, A of this Section.
8. Cleaning of all completed Work and installation adjustment of all trim and decorative items.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:
1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.
2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified.
3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.
B. Ordinances and Codes: Materials and construction shall conform with all applicable code requirements, including:
1. National Electrical Code, latest edition; Electrical Safety Orders of the State of California; Department of Industrial Relations; regulations of the State Fire Marshal; rules and regulations of the Board of Underwriters of the Pacific, UL 50, 50E and NEMA 250 rating.
2. Chapter 31 of California Building Code, latest edition.
C. Verification of Conditions:
1. The locations shown on the Drawings are diagrammatic only and the exact finish location of equipment and materials cannot be indicated. Therefore, locations of all Work and equipment shall be verified to avoid interferences, preserve head room and keep openings and passageways clear. Changes shall be made in locations of equipment and materials which may be necessary to accomplish these purposes.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 2
D. Preliminary Operations and Testing:
1. Motor driven equipment shall be tested for correct rotation and completion of all connections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300.
B. Required submittals include:
1. Conduit and Fittings as specified in Article 2.2 of this Section.
2. Panelboards as specified in Article 2.6 of this Section.
3. Circuit Breakers as specified in Article 2.7 of this Section.
4. Motor Starters as specified in Article 2.10 and 2.11 of this Section.
5. Fuses as specified in Article 2.13 of this Section.
6. Time Clocks as specified in Article 2.14 of this Section.
7. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters as specified in Article 2.15 of this Section.
8. NEC required corrosion resistant enclosures, cabinets and boxes as specified in Article 2.8,
2.11, 2.16 & 2.18 of this Section.
C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A of this Section.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.
B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.
C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool electrical materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials shall be new, in unbroken packages and bear the U.L. label of approval.
B. Equipment of one type shall be by same manufacturer. One type of equipment for classifications such as:
1. Switchboards, panels, buss duct, disconnect switches and allied items.
2. Conduit.
3. Wire.
4. Conduit fittings.
5. Fixtures of the same general type.
6. Wiring devices.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 3
2.2 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit within or under buildings or where exposed outdoors shall be rigid metal threaded, hot dipped galvanized, or U.L. approved plastic except where noted otherwise on the Drawings.
Metallic conduit shall be of the same metal between outlets or terminals.
B. Use flexible metallic conduit only for short connections of motors and where specifically called for on Drawings. Maximum length shall be 40". Use only liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
Install an unbroken #12 AWG insulated copper grounding conductor in each liquid tight flexible conduit with permanent connection at motor junction box and service panel ground.
C. Protect, before installation, metallic conduit runs in all slabs laid on grade or in contact with the earth or exposed in damp locations, with two (2) heavy coats of asphaltum rust-resisting compound.
D. Encase conduits 2-1/2" or larger run underground, outside, or under buildings, in concrete envelopes a minimum of 3" thick, except as indicated otherwise on Drawings or stubouts.
Conduits 2 and smaller laid 18" below finish surface in soil.
E. Low voltage runs underground outside buildings, 1-1/4" or smaller, may be G.I. or sherardized steel conduit, with machine applied wrapping equal to double wrap or Scotch-Wrap #50 tape, half lapped and quadrupled at joints in lieu of concrete encasement.
F. Service conduits through foundations or concrete members shall run through metal sleeves with adequate clearances for full movement of the conduit. Do not run conduits through footings.
G. Secure conduits run exposed on surfaces with one-hole heavy-duty straps or fasten with matching fittings to inserts or trapezes, parallel to building walls and ceilings.
H. Cap all conduit or duct stub-outs with standard factory caps; except cap threaded steel conduit with B.I. water pipe caps in outdoor locations.
I. Use conduit fittings as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal.
J. Employ U.L. liquid tight fittings for use with liquid tight flexible metal conduit.
K. Use unions as manufactured by Appleton, O-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. The use of running threads will not be permitted.
L. Exposed conduit and fittings in chemical rooms shall be nonmetallic rigid polyvinyl chloride, corrosion resistant rated suitable for installation in corrosive environments and in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
2.3 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING/GROUNDING
A. Bond together and ground to a common ground at a single point all metallic conduit, piping systems, pool reinforcing steel, metal parts of ladders, lifeguard stands, handrails and their supports and the like. The solid copper bonding conductor shall not be smaller than #8 copper.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 4
2.4 WIRING CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections without strain on conductors, allowing the conductors to take a natural position after connections or taps are made. Include all strand of wire in making the connection.
B. Make connections for wiring by one of the following means:
1. Make all taps or connections to conductors with compression type connectors except those smaller than #8 B&S gauge may have soldered connections. Solderless connections for #10 AWG or smaller may be used and shall be "Scotchlok", Buchanan, or approved equal.
For #8 AWG or larger, they shall be T&B "LockTite", Burndy "Versitaps", or approved equal.
2. All cable or conductor terminal lugs shall be Burndy "Quicklug", Ilsco, or approved equal.
Two piece stamped lugs and solder lugs will not be approved.
3. Paint taped splices in damp or outdoor locations with two (2) coats of insulating paint.
4. Tag all branch circuit wires with circuit number at the panelboard and at each point of use with linen or plastic tags.
2.5 CONDUCTORS
A. Copper RHW or THW. Do not make splices between boxes.
2.6 COLOR CODING
A. Neutrals (identified conductors shall be white).
B. Phase conductors shall be red for phase B; blue for phase C.
C. Green shall be used for mechanical equipment and receptacle grounds only.
2.7 MOTOR WIRING
A. Make final connections to motors with the required AWG (Minimum #12), Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand. Control wiring for equipment shall be Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand of required AWG. Provide corrosion resistant junction boxes at each item of equipment to change from standard building wiring to machine tool wire.
B. Phase motors as proper in direction of rotation.
2.8 PANELBOARDS
A. Panelboards shall be flush or surface mounting as indicated with circuit breakers as shown on panel schedule, hinged lockable doors, index card holders and proper bussing.
B. Where indicated on the drawings, panelboards shall be furnished with subfeed breakers and/or lugs, split bussing, contractors, time switches, relays, etc., as required.
C. All panelboards shall be keyed alike.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 5
D. All panelboard enclosures shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
E. Furnish corrosion resistant panelboard enclosures and terminal cabinets with Yale 46515 flush locks and LL806 keys except where indicated otherwise herein. Fasten the trim to panel boards and terminal cabinet by means of concealed, bolted or screwed fasteners accessible only when the door is open.
F. Panelboards 208/120 volt, three phase, 4 wire, S/N or 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire, S/N.
Panelboard types as manufactured by:
Westinghouse Type B10B
General Electric Type NLAB
Square D Type NQOB
G. Panelboards for 480/277 volt, three panes, 4 wire, S/N.
Panelboard types as manufactured by:
Westinghouse Type Pow-R-Line 2
General Electric Type AE
Square D Type NEHB
Sylvania Type NH1B
I.T.E. Type Approved Equal
H. Panelboard for bussing sizes thru 400 amp shall be 20" wide surface mounted type. Recess mounted type shall have a 20" wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with trim plate cover extending 1" on all sides of enclosure. Depth shall be 5-3/4" nominal. Height of panel as required for devices.
I. Provide 6" additional gutter space in all panels where double lugs are required, or where cable size exceeds bus size. Minimum bottom gutter space shall be 6" high. 12" additional gutter space may be required for aluminum feeders where used.
J. Panelboards shown on the drawings with relays, time clocks or other control devices shall have a separate metal barriered compartment mounted above panel with separate hinged locking door to match panelboard. Provide mounting sub-base in cabinet for control devices and wiring terminal strips.
K. Panelboard shall have a circuit index card holder removable type, with clear plastic cover. Index card shall have numbers imprinted to match circuit breaker numbers.
2.9 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Breakers shall have a minimum short circuit interrupting rating of 10,000A symmetrical for panelboard voltage thru 240 volt and 14000A for panelboards thru 600 volts or as specified on the drawings. In no case shall the interrupting rating be less than the bus withstand rating unless noted otherwise on the drawings.
B. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following companies only are acceptable:
1. General Electric Company
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 6
2. Square D Company
3. Westinghouse Company
4. I.T.E. Company
C. Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that the breakers of the proper trip settings and numbers correspond to the numbering in the panel schedules on the drawings. Circuit numbers of breakers shall be black-on-white micarta tabs or other previously approved method. Circuit number tabs which can readily be changed from front of panel will not be accepted. Circuit number tabs shall not be attached to or be a part of the breaker.
D. Where two or three pole breakers occur in the panels, they shall be common trip units. Single pole breakers with tie-bar between handles will not be accepted.
E. All circuit breakers shall be padlockable in the "off" position. Locking facilities shall be riveted or mechanically attached to the circuit breaker (submit sample for approval). Other means of attachment shall not be accepted without prior written approval of Architect.
F. Where branch circuit breakers supply the power to motors and signal systems, the breakers shall be furnished with lockout clips, mounted in the "on" position. The breakers shall be able to trip automatically with lockout clips in place.
G. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type.
2.10 BUSSING
A. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper, or full-length silver or tin-plated aluminum.
B. Bussing shall be braces to withstand symmetrical short circuit ratings as follows or as noted on drawings. In no case shall bus short circuit bracing be less than specified circuit breakers.
C. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug.
2.11 POOL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES, TERMINAL CABINETS & MISC
CABINETS
A. All pool mechanical equipment enclosures, terminal cabinets and miscellaneous cabinets in the pool mechanical room or chemical storage rooms shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements. Enclosures and all cabinets shall be flush mounted (except where noted a surface) of the size indicated on the drawings, and complete with hinged lockable doors and the number of 2-way screw terminals required for termination of all conductors.
Terminal cabinet locks to operated form same key used for panelboards. The trim to terminal cabinets shall be fastened by means of concealed bolted or screwed fasteners accessible behind door to terminal cabinets. Terminal cabinets shall have 5/8" plywood backing.
B. Provide engraved nameplate on each enclosure and cabinet indicating its designation and system (i.e., Swimming Pool - Panel ‘SP’).
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 7
2.12 MOTOR CONTROL INDIVIDUAL STARTERS
A. Manual Motor Starters:
1. Provide flush or surface mounting manual motor starters with number of poles and size of thermal overload heaters as required for the motor being controlled (equipped with overload heaters, one for each motor lead). Back boxes shall be supplied with all flush mounting starters whether they are toggle type requiring only a 4" square outlet box or the larger type requiring a special box and cover designed to accept the particular unit. All box types shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
2. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all manual starters for single phase motors, smaller than 1 h.p., shall be the compact toggle type. Manual starters for all single-phase motors, 1 to 5 h.p., and all three phase motors up to 5 h.p. shall be the heavy-duty type.
3. Where manual motor starter is shown with pilot light, the pilot light shall be installed in a separate outlet box adjacent to the starter outlet, and engraved nameplate in indicate function of pilot light.
4. The following motor starters as manufactured by:
Manufacturer Single Phase
1HP and Below
Others
Arrow Hart Type RL Type LL
General Electric CR 101 Class CR 1062
I.T.E. Class C10, C11 or C12 Class C20
Square D Company Class 2510, Type A Class 2510, Type B & C Westinghouse Type MS Type A100
Allen Bradley Approved Equal Approved Equal.
B. Individual Magnetic Motor Starters:
1. Magnetic motor starters shall be A.C. line voltage, across-the-line units in a corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
2. All starters located outside of a building whether or not indicated shall be W.P. (weatherproof), and all starters noted W.P. shall be furnished in a corrosion resistant rated stainless-steel enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
3. Starter shall be horsepower rated for the motor controlled, and shall be equipped with properly sized overload elements. Every pole shall be with overload element.
4. Verify the exact motor current and voltage characteristics with the Contractor supplying the motor before installation of a starter.
5. Each starter shall be equipped with "Hand-Off-Auto" switch or stop-start pushbutton as required.
6. Coils shall be designed to operate on voltage indicated on control diagrams and have builtin-under the voltage release for coil circuit to drop motor starter off the line when the line voltage drops below normal operating voltage.
7. The coil control circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil.
8. Starters to be equipped with running pilot light indication with a "Push-to-Test" feature.
9. Magnetic starters shall have a minimum of two auxiliary contacts. Additional auxiliary contacts shall be provided as required to comply with the requirements of the wiring diagrams on the electrical and mechanical drawings and the description of the function in the Mechanical Section of the Specifications.
10. Starters shall comply with NEMA standards, size and horsepower ratings as indicated on drawings.
11. The following types of magnetic motor starters as manufactured by:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 8
Manufacture Type
General Electric Class CR 106
I.T.E. Class A20
Square D Company Class 8536
Westinghouse Type A200 (Size 4 Max.) or
Class II-200 (Sizes 5-8)
2.13 INDIVIDUAL COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS
A. Combination starter shall incorporate fused disconnect switch and individual magnetic motor starter. Combination starters shall be mounted in a corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
B. Starters shall comply with NEMA standards, size and horsepower ratings as indicated on drawings General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse or I.T.E.
C. The disconnect handle used on combination starters shall control the disconnect device with the door opened or closed. The disconnect handle shall be clearly marked as to whether the disconnect device is "ON" or "OFF", and shall include a two-color handle grip, the black side visible in the "OFF" position indicating a safe condition, and the red side visible in the "ON" position indicating an unsafe or danger condition.
D. All starters used in combination starters shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest published NEMA standards, sizes, and horsepower ratings. These starters shall be furnished with three melting alloy type thermal overload relays.
E. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if a thermal unit is removed.
2.14 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, INTERLOCKS AND CONTROL DEVICES A. Refer to mechanical and plumbing drawings and specifications and provide all control devices including timeswitches, relays and interconnection of starters as required.
B. Mount all relays and timeswitches in a separate compartment in motor control center unless otherwise indicated.
C. Whether shown on mechanical and plumbing drawings or control center schedules or not, where motors are controlled by external devices (i.e., thermostats, relays, float or pressure switches, etc.) or interlocked with other motors, each motor starter to be equipped with a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in starter cover. Other starters equipped with a "Start' Stop" pushbutton station in starter cover.
The Contractor shall be responsible to submit a complete and detailed set of shop drawings, electrical schematic design along with electrical component cut sheets from the MCC panel or the interlock control device manufacturer. RSD Total Control: Allan Pearson 949-380-7878, South Coast Controls: Anthony Ellis 714-998-5656 or approved equal.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 9
2.15 FUSES
A. Fuses shall be dual element, current limiting type, U.L. Class RK5 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type in each motor control center.
2.16 TIME CLOCKS
A. Time clocks shall be provided for all underwater lighting systems and swimming pool circulation pumps not controlled by filter microprocessors.
B. Contacts shall have a minimum rating of 40 amperes at 277V.
C. Timing motor shall be heavy duty synchronous, self-starting, high torque type, and shall be rated at 120, 208, 240, 277-volt 60 Hz.
D. Motor shall operate normally at temperature range of -60 degrees Fahrenheit to +120 degrees Fahrenheit.
E. Dial shall be 3" diameter, clearly calibrated with day/night zones and 24-hour rotation, with gear to provide one revolution yearly which automatically varies the on/off settings each day according to seasonal changes. Day and month of the year shall show clearly through calendar window on the dial.
F. Time clocks shall be equipped with 7-spoke omitting wheel marked with days of the week.
G. Time clocks shall be housed in a corrosion resistant rated enclosure in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
H. Acceptable manufacturers are Intermatic, Tork, Paragon, or approved equal.
2.17 GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS
A. Minimum rating shall be 20 amperes, 125V, 5 milliampere trip setting, Class A per UL943.
B. Manufacturer to be Crouse-Hinds, Leviton, or approved equal.
2.18 BOXES
A. Boxes shall be of the size required by ordinances or larger, must be corrosion resistant in accordance with the latest NEC requirements where concealed or exposed on ceilings or walls.
B. Outlets to be surface where wiring is exposed and flush in areas where conduit is concealed.
C. Provide surface outlets with proper corrosion resistant surface covers. Box and cover shall be deep enough to provide at least 1/4" clearance between back of device and back of box. Where box contains more than one device, use a corrosion resistant rated gang box with proper cover in accordance with the latest NEC requirements. Surface outlet boxes shall be of the threaded hub type wherever below 8'0".
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 10
D. If necessary for cable installation, additional pull boxes or junction boxes may be installed in accessible locations. Exposed pull boxes and junction boxes shall be corrosion resistant rated in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
E. Where exposed to weather pull boxes larger than outlet boxes are required, galvanized code gauge sheet steel boxes may be used with covers attached by brass machine screws may be used. Boxes exposed to the weather shall be approved for the purpose, and conduit entrances shall be on the bottom made by means of an interchangeable hub with gasket and adapter nut. Pull boxes not shown on Drawings may be added only after approval of size and location is obtained.
F. For outlets exposed to weather or where noted, cast outlet boxes shall be Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal. Boxes shall have proper number and size hubs. Device plates, covers, adapters and boxes shall be as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal.
G. Exposed junction boxes, outlet boxes and pull boxes for pool chemical rooms shall be non - metallic suitable for a corrosive environment and in accordance with the latest NEC requirements.
2.19 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS
A. Plainly mark all motor and electrical appliance control equipment indicating the equipment controlled with engraved metal tags.
B. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on panelboards on the outside of the door at the top indicating panel designation and feeder source.
C. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on distribution switchboards and motor control centers at the top center indicating panel designation and feeder source.
D. Identify each distribution switchboard and motor control center circuit breaker with a laminated plastic nameplate indicating its' use.
E. Type panelboard directories on the forms provided with the equipment, indicating the use of each branch circuit breaker.
F. Fasten all laminated plastic nameplates to surfaces with two (2) or more screws.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Verify conditions at the Project site before submitting bid. Be responsible for providing all necessary wiring for the new electrical systems. Wherever wiring is being disrupted due to remodeling or changes, reconnect existing and provide new wiring circuits to accomplish a fully operable system at no additional cost to the Owner.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 11
3.2 COORDINATION
A. The Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and indicate the desired location, size, routes, connection points, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the Work so as to provide the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome difficulties, limitations or interference wherever encountered. Be responsible for the correct placement of this Work, the proper location and connection in relation to Work of other trades, for determining the exact location of all conduits, outlets and equipment, and for installing the conduits in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. Particular attention is directed to the close coordination required on exposed Work. Locations shown on Architectural or Mechanical Drawings if different than those shown on Electrical Drawings should be communicated to the Owner’s Representative in writing for clarification.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Trenching and Backfill: Conform with requirements of Section 131101. Provide minimum cover as required by Code.
B. Conduit Installation:
1. Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a continuous grounding path.
Close ends of conduit during construction to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture.
2. Securely fasten conduit to the building construction within three feet of each outlet and within every ten feet thereafter. Secure it to boxes, cabinets, pull boxes, terminals with two locknuts and ends equipped with bushings or a terminal fitting. Cut square with ends carefully reamed.
3. Make bends or elbows so that the conduit will not be injured or flattened.
4. Use insulated metallic bushings in all places where bushings are required.
5. Run exposed conduits level or plumb and parallel to the construction members of the building. No cutting across or diagonal runs will be permitted. Neatly surmount structural obstructions encountered on conduit runs by the use of fittings or pull boxes.
6. Identify feeder conduits by stamped metal tags secured to exposed section of conduit in main or sub-panels.
7. Make up all threaded conduit joints gas and watertight with conductive sealer except conduit above ground in dry indoor locations.
8. Rigidly support all boxes independently of the conduit system.
C. Connections to Equipment:
1. Fully connect, in an approved manner, all electrical outlets, apparatus, motors, equipment, fixtures, wiring devices and appliances whether they are installed under the Electrical Contract or not, which require electrical connections, to the corresponding electrical system outlet.
2. Where the Work of this Section requires connections to be made to equipment that is furnished and set-in-place under other Sections, obtain such roughing-in dimensions from the manufacturer or supplier of each item as required and assume full responsibility for the installation of the connections thereto.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL 131108 - 12
3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEAN-UP
A. Preliminary Operation: Should the Owner’s Representative deem it necessary to operate the electrical installation or any part thereof prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, consent to such preliminary operation and supervise conduction of same. Subcontractor shall pay all costs occasioned by such operation. Preliminary operation shall not be construed as an acceptance of any Work installed under this Contract.
B. Clean-up: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool electrical materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.
END OF SECTION 131108
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 1
SECTION 22 05 10
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. References.
B. Description of Work.
C. Drawings and Specifications.
D. Industry Standards and Codes.
E. Site Examination.
F. Permits, Fees and Utility Connections.
G. Coordination of Work.
H. Progress of Work.
I. Submittals
J. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
K. Project Record Documents.
L. Warranty.
M. Quality and Care
N. Access Doors.
O. Starting Equipment and Systems.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this section.
B. The Contract Agreement, Bidding Documents and all Addenda issued prior to Contract Agreement execution form a part of these specifications and apply to all Contracts or Subcontracts relating to the mechanical systems.
C. The requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Division 23.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ANSI - American National Standards Institute.
B. ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials.
C. CEC - California Electric Code.
D. NEMA - National Electric Manufacturers' Association.
E. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association.
F. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act.
G. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories.
H. See detailed References that are listed in individual sections.
1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work included in this division of the specifications consists of furnishing labor, tools, equipment, supplies and materials, unless otherwise specified, and in performing Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 2
operations necessary for the installation of the complete Plumbing System as required by these specifications or shown on the Drawings, subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract Agreement.
B. The work shall also include the completion of details of plumbing work not mentioned or shown which are necessary for the successful operation of mechanical systems described on the drawings or required by these specifications. Furnish and install any incidental work not shown or specified which is required to provide a complete and operational system.
1.5 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Drawings are schematic and diagrammatic. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of equipment, piping, and other plumbing work. Use judgement and care to install mechanical work to fit the job conditions within the building construction and finishes, and to function properly.
B. The Contractor shall investigate the building conditions affecting the Work and shall arrange his work accordingly providing offsets, fittings, valves and accessories to fit the actual job conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible to field measure and confirm new and existing mechanical systems locations with respect to other architectural, structural, and electrical work, existing and new. Do not scale distances off of the mechanical drawings. Use actual building dimensions.
C. The drawings and specifications are complimentary each to the other. What is required by one shall be as binding as if called for by both.
D. Examine all drawings and specifications prior to bidding the Work. Report any discrepancies to the Engineer.
1.6 INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND CODES
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall comply with the latest provisions of all codes, regulations, laws and ordinances applicable to the work involved. This does not relieve the Contractor from furnishing and installing work shown or specified which may exceed the requirements of such codes, regulations laws and ordinances.
B. All materials, products, devices, fixtures forms or types of construction included in this project shall meet or exceed the published requirements of the publications listed below. These publications form a part of this specification.
1. California Building Code, 2022.
2. California Mechanical Code, 2022.
3. California Plumbing Code, 2022.
4. California Electrical Code, 2022.
5. National Fire Protection Association.
6. California Fire Code, 2022.
7. California State Fire Marshal.
8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, including CAL-OSHA.
9. California Energy Code, 2022.
10. California Green Building Standards Code, 2022.
11. State of California Code of Regulations, Title 24.
12. Other applicable state laws.
C. Nothing in the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to permit work that does not conform these codes. When Contract Documents differ from governing codes, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 3
furnish and install to the higher standard required at no extra charge. The Contract Documents are not intended to repeat the code requirements except where necessary for clarity.
D. No material or product installed as a part of the Work shall contain asbestos in any form.
E. Domestic water piping and components shall be provided and installed in accordance with California AB 1953 Legislation (effective January 1, 2010), which limits the allowable lead content in certain domestic water system components.
1.7 SITE EXAMINATION
A. Contractor shall examine the site, verify dimensions and locations with Drawings, check utility connection locations, and familiarize himself with the existing conditions and limitations. No extras will be allowed because of the Contractor's misunderstanding of the amount of work involved or his lack of knowledge of any site condition which may affect his work. Any apparent variance of the drawings or specifications from the existing conditions at the site shall be called to the attention of the Engineer immediately.
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND UTILITY SERVICES
A. Contractor shall pay for and obtain all permits and service required in the installation of this work.
B. Contractor shall arrange for all required inspections and will secure approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.
1.9 COORDINATION OF WORK
A. It is recognized that the contract documents are diagrammatic in showing certain physical relationships which must be established within the mechanical work, and in its interface with other work and that such establishment is the exclusive responsibility of the contractor.
B. The Contractor shall give careful consideration to the work of the General, Electrical and other contractors on the job and shall organize his work so that it will not interfere with the work of other trades. He shall consult the drawings and specifications for work of other trades for correcting information, and the pertinent drawings for details and dimensions.
C. Arrange plumbing work in a neat, well-organized manner with the piping and similar services running parallel and/or perpendicular to primary lines of the building construction. Locate operating and control equipment properly to provide easy access, and arrange entire mechanical work with adequate access for operation and maintenance.
D. Verify the location of all equipment, plumbing devices, etc. and if interference develops, the Owner/Engineer's decision will be final and no additional compensation will be allowed for the moving of misplaced air devices or equipment.
1.10 PROGRESS OF WORK
A. This Contractor shall organize his work so that the progress of the mechanical work will conform to the progress of the other trades, and shall complete the entire installation as soon as the conditions of the building will permit. Any cost resulting Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 4
from defective or ill timed work performed under this section shall be borne by this Contractor.
1.11 STRUCTURAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Plumbing systems and equipment shall be anchored and seismically braced in accordance with all applicable codes and industry standards.
B. Plumbing systems and equipment shall include, but are not limited to, all piping, water heaters, expansion tanks, air compressors, vacuum pumps, electrical and control panels, conduits and other components.
C. For all non-standard installations not detailed in one of the approved systems, the Contractor shall provide details of supports, anchorages and restraints, including attachments to building structure, with supporting calculations all stamped and signed by a licensed professional structural engineer registered in the state in which the Work is performed.
1.12 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013300 - Submittals, for additional submittal procedures.
B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.
C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project.
D. Organize submittals in sequence according to Specification Section. Submit in bound document with tabs identifying each Specification Section. Provide a Table of Contents identifying the Specifications Sections being submitted and the contents within each tabbed section. Prepare Submittals in multiple volumes if required. Provide a complete Submittal package at one time. Do not submit individual Sections piecemeal.
E. Indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
F. Furnish, upon request, installation instructions for all equipment and materials to Inspector of Record prior to installation.
G. Maintain a copy of the fire penetration installation instructions on site for use by the Inspector of Record.
1.13 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section.
B. LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. will consider requests for substitutions only within 7 days after date of Agreement.
C. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the .
D. Failure by the Contractor to order materials or equipment in a timely manner will not constitute justification for a substitution.
E. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents.
F. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 5
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner.
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent.
5. Will reimburse Owner and LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. for review or redesign services associated with reapproval by authorities including obtaining reapproval by authorities.
G. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents.
H. If excessive review, as judged by the Engineer, is required caused by complicated, numerous or repetitive requests, Contractor shall reimburse Engineer and its Consultants for such review at their standard billing rates.
I. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution.
2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer.
3. The LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. will notify in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
4. Present each substitution individually. If a proposed substitute in not found to be acceptable, then the specified item shall be supplied.
1.14 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. See Section 01700 Closeout Submittals for Operation and Maintenance Manual requirements.
B. Provide operating and maintenance instructions, diagrams and parts lists for all components of all mechanical systems and each piece of equipment furnished under these specifications.
C. Operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished for the following equipment and systems:
1. Plumbing Systems.
2. Medical Gas Equipment, Piping and Alarm Systems.
3. Piping Systems.
4. Temperature Controls Systems.
5. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports.
D. Provide manufacturer's model number, design data, capacities, etc. for each piece of plumbing equipment furnished as a part of the Work.
E. The operating instructions shall include procedures for starting, stopping and emergency manual operation for all equipment and systems.
F. Provide maintenance instructions of each item of individual equipment including applicable maintenance data as recommended by the manufacturer, including frequency of lubrication, lubricants, inspections required, adjustment procedures, belt and pulley sizes, etc.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 6
G. Provide manufacturer's parts bulletins with part numbers for each item of equipment included in the Work. Parts bulletins shall be specific to the equipment provided. Extraneous information that does not apply to the equipment provided shall be eliminated from the literature.
H. Include copies of test reports (startup, check, etc.) and inspections performed for each piece of equipment provided in the Work.
I. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
J. Provide supplier and manufacturer contacts, telephone numbers and addresses in the front portion of the operation and maintenance manual.
1.15 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. See Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures.
B. Provide red-lined drawings accurately showing location of equipment and devices and size and routing of piping. Include notes explaining installed condition for complete understanding.
1.16 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer.
G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement.
1.17 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner.
1.18 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01700 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a one year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 QUALITY AND CARE
A. All materials shall be new and in perfect condition when installed unless specifically indicated otherwise. Materials shall be tested within the Continental United States by an independent, nationally recognized testing agency and shall be listed in accordance Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 7
with testing agency requirements. When not otherwise specified, all material shall conform to applicable National Standards (ANSI).
B. All capacities, sizes and efficiency ratings shown on the drawing are minimum. Gas meter and gas pressure reducing valve capacities are maximum allowable.
C. Each category of material or equipment shall be of the same brand or manufacturer throughout the Work wherever possible.
D. The quality of materials and equipment to be provided is defined by the brand names, manufacturers, model and catalog numbers listed on the Drawings and in the Specifications. Contractor shall provide each item listed, of the quality specified, or equal.
E. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products in conformance with manufacturer's recommended practices as outlined in applicable Installation and Maintenance Manuals.
F. Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within their required time period.
G. Store materials in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory protection and/or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
H. Equipment which has been damaged, exposed to weather or is, in the opinion of the Engineer or Owner, otherwise unsuitable because of improper fabrication, storage or installation shall be removed and replaced by this Contractor at his expense.
2.2 ACCESS DOORS
A. Coordinate access door requirements with Section 08305. The more stringent requirements shall govern.
B. Provide access doors where access through floors, walls or ceilings is required to access plumbing equipment and plumbing devices or other systems requiring access for maintenance, test or observation.
1. Access doors requiring hand access or access for observation only shall be 14"x14" minimum usable opening.
2. Access doors where entrance of a service person may be required shall be 24"x30" minimum usable opening.
C. Established standard: Milcor of types listed below. Other acceptable manufacturers:
Cesco, J.L. Industries, Karp, Larsen's, or equal. Comply with the following:
1. Form doors and frames of welded, ground smooth steel construction, 14 gauge for doors, 16 gauge for frames. Provide prime coat finish except for stainless steel type.
2. Concealed hinges to allow 175 degree opening.
3. Locks: flush, screw driver operated cam lock(s).
4. Provide anchoring devices suitable for the construction into which the doors are framed.
D. Application (as applicable):
1. In gypsum drywall walls and ceilings: Type DW.
2. In ceramic tile walls: Type MS (stainless steel).
3. In fire rated walls: Type Fire Rated (rating as required for wall or ceiling), self closing, 250 F in 30 min. temperature rating.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 8
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Access Doors
1. Coordinate the exact location of access doors to provide proper access to the item concealed. Obtain written approval for access door locations from Architect.
2. Coordinate installation of access doors with the trades performing the construction assemblies into which the access doors are placed.
3. Install all access doors neatly and securely, to open and close completely, and to operate freely and without binding. Install rated doors in accordance with their listing requirements.
4. Test operate all doors and make all adjustments required for satisfactory operation. Replace all damaged materials.
5. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with the requirements within this section.
B. Test all piping with no leak or loss in pressure in accordance with the requirements within this section.
3.3 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING
SYSTEMS
A. Contractor shall assign a responsible person to be an independent representative to witness testing and to sign as witness of times, pressure and losses of testing media for all hydronic, duct and gas piping testing.
1. Test all piping as noted below with no leak or loss of pressure. Repair or replace defective piping until tests are accomplished successfully.
2. Submit to the Engineer for review a log of all tests made which shall include time, temperature, pressure, water makeup and other applicable readings, necessary to indicate the systems have been operated and tested in the manner outlined in the construction documents.
3. After producing the specified test pressure, disconnect the pressurizing source; do not introduce further pressure for the duration of the test period, repair leaky piping and retest. Repeat the procedure until the entire system is proven tight.
B. Test the following systems with the medium listed to the pressure indicated for the time period listed:
1. Sanitary Sewer, Drain, Vent Piping: Pressure=10 Ft.Hd. / Medium= Water / Duration=4 Hours.
2. Domestic Water Piping: Pressure=125 Psig / Medium= Water / Duration=4 Hours.
3. Condensate drains: Pressure=10 Ft.Hd. / Medium=Water / Duration=4 Hours.
4. Gas Piping: Pressure=60 Psig / Medium=Air and soap / Duration=8 Hours.
3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects:
1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 9
2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.
3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.
5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor.
B. Execute cutting and patching to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work.
C. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition.
D. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval.
E. Restore work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
G. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Code requirements , to full thickness of the penetrated element.
H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
3.5 PRIMING AND PAINTING
A. Apply primer to all exposed ferrous metals that are not factory primed, factory finished, galvanized, stainless steel or anodized. Exposed black steel piping shall be primed and finish painted, including gas piping outdoors.
1. Primer shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for each specific application.
2. Acceptable Products include: Fuller O'Brien Blox-Rust Metal All Purpose Primer, equivalent Rust-Oleum product, or equal. See Section 09900 for other acceptable products.
B. Apply two coats of primer to metal surfaces of items to be insulated or jacketed, except piping, or factory primed or finished.
C. Preparation:
1. Do not start work until surfaces to be finished are in proper condition to produce finished surfaces of uniform, satisfactory appearance.
2. Stains and Marks: Remove completely, if possible, using materials and methods recommended by coating manufacturer; seal stains and marks which cannot be completely removed using Devoe KILSTAIN primers, shellac, or other coating acceptable to paint manufacturer any marks or defects that might bleed through paint finishes.
3. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of trisodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow substrate to thoroughly dry.
4. Galvanized Surfaces:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 10
a. Remove surface contamination and oils by solvent cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 1 and allow to dry.
b. Apply Devoe MIRROLAC Galvanized Metal Primer in accordance with manufacturer instructions.
5. Uncoated Steel And Iron Surfaces:
a. Remove grease, rust, scale, and dust from steel and iron surfaces using solvent in accordance with SSPC-SP 1.
b. Where heavy coatings of scale or contaminants are evident, hand tool clean in accordance with SSPC-SP 2 or use other approved SSPC SP method as needed.
6. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Remove loose primer and dust. Sand and feather edges to smooth surface. Clean areas with solvent and spot prime bare metal surfaces with appropriate Devoe MIRROLAC metal primer or primer recommended by manufacturer.
D. Application:
1. Apply each coat to uniform coating thickness in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, not exceeding manufacturer's specified maximum spread rate for indicated surface; thins, brush marks, roller marks, orange-peel, or other application imperfections are not permitted.
2. Allow manufacturer's specified drying time, and ensure correct coating adhesion, for each coat before applying next coat.
3. Remove dust and other foreign materials from substrate immediately prior to applying each coat.
E. Finish Painting: See Section 09900.
3.6 STARTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS/COMMISSIONING
A. Start equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions..
B. Adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances.
C. Demonstrate proper operation of equipment to Owner's designated representative.
D. Description:
1. Comply with all start up of mechanical and electrical equipment systems as required in the various sections and herein.
2. Coordinate all testing and startup procedures with all other trades so that all nonplumbing and non-electrical work is completed and operational so that the specified testing can be performed.
E. Preliminary Work:
1. Prior to the startup, the Contractor shall ensure that the systems are ready to operate, and the following items have been completed and checked including but not limited to:
a. Proper motor and fan/pump rotation.
b. Flushing and cleaning of the system.
c. Wiring
d. Auxiliary connections
e. Lubrication.
f. Venting.
g. Controls.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 11
h. Installation of filters and strainers.
i. Setting of relief and safety valves .
2. All electrical testing must be completed and test results submitted before equipment startup to avoid power interruptions during mechanical equipment startup and testing.
3. The Contractor shall submit at least 30 days in advance a schedule listing the date of completion of his work as it will be ready for equipment startup of Electrical/Plumbing equipment. This schedule shall include work on a system by system, floor by floor basis.
4. Two weeks prior to the startup of any major equipment, the Contractor shall certify in writing that the systems will be complete and ready for startup.
Completeness shall not only include physical installation of individual pieces of equipment, but all related elements of other crafts to make all equipment operate as a system.
a. The startup checklist will cover all related crafts, e.g., controls, electrical, plumbing, and a clean environment for equipment startup.
5. The Contractor shall schedule a tour with the Owner's representative and the Engineer to review startup conditions prior to equipment startup. This tour shall take place during the associated Engineer's regularly scheduled visit. This tour does not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities to properly start equipment.
The Engineer will issue a notice of deficiencies that will be required to be corrected prior to equipment startup. The Contractor will be required to reschedule a back check with the Engineer prior to attempting an equipment startup.
6. Equipment of systems should not be started until systems and associated subsystems are completed. Verify that other continuing work could not possibly damage completed systems if they are in operation. Furnish signed off prestartup check sheet.
F. Startup and Commissioning:
1. System Startup and Operation:
a. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and services necessary for the initial startup and operation of all systems and equipment furnished and installed under this section.
b. The Contractor and the factory representative shall check all equipment during initial startup to insure correct rotation, proper lubrication, adequate fluids or air flows, nonoverloading electrical characteristics, proper alignment and vibration isolation. Systems shall be checked for water flows throughout without blockages.Plumbing systems shall be checked for proper connections and positions, nonexcessive electrical characteristics and minimal vibration.
Other miscellaneous equipment shall be started and operated as described above as applicable. Manufacturer's representative shall submit a preliminary written copy of equipment startup check sheet prior to leaving job site. c. After initial startup and operation of systems, the Contractor shall submit a report, showing proper operation before commencement of the final "Operation Test".
d. During initial operation of the system and until substantial completion, qualified personnel shall be provided and designated for maintaining the equipment and systems in good running order. Items such as strainers, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 05 10 - 12
cleanouts, packing replacement, and other consumables shall be provided without cost to the Owner. Failure of equipment during this period due to lack of proper supervision is the responsibility of the Contractor and continued failures shall be grounds for the Owner to provide such services with back charges to the Contractor. Submit written schedule of completed maintenance to the Engineer.
G. System Acceptance:
1. General: The system installation shall be complete and tested for proper operation prior to acceptance testing "Operation Test" for the Owners authorized representative. A letter shall be submitted to the Engineer requesting system acceptance. This letter shall certify that all controls are installed and the software programs have been completely exercised for proper equipment operation.
Acceptance testing shall commence at a mutually agreeable time within ten (10) calendar days of request. When the field test procedures have been demonstrated to the Owner's representative and pass, the system will be accepted. The warranty period may begin at this time.
H. Operation Test:
1. Provide all labor, equipment, and materials required to perform test.
2. The test shall occur after all major equipment startup and balance services have been performed as specified. The purpose is to demonstrate that individual pieces of equipment and all related elements operate as one complete system and not to identify incomplete or defective work.
3. All equipment is to be run in an automatic operating position and exercised for 72 hours to verify that they perform in accordance with the specified sequence of operation and designed operation logic.
4. The Engineer's representative shall be notified and may be present for the initiation of the test.
5. A log shall be prepared by the Contractor, to be submitted to the Engineer, of all tests including, but not limited to: time, temperatures, pressures, and other readings to prove all equipment is operating as specified.
6. All temperatures, pressures, status indication, etc., shall be verified by at least one other means of measurement or visual verification of condition.
7. Change set points and simulate conditions as directed to demonstrate:
a. Ability to control to new set point.
b. Interface between systems, fire alarm/fire sprinkler systems. c. Proper sequence and operation.
d. Equipment safety systems and all automatic changeover/backup systems and alarms are functioning or will function.
8. If unsatisfactory performance or a system failure is experienced for any reason, the test shall be repeated until 72 hour consecutive hours are achieved. The Engineer's representative shall make all final decisions of a satisfactory test.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 16 - 1 SECTION 22 05 16
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flexible pipe connectors.
B. Expansion/seismic loops and compensators.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. The Contract Agreement, Bidding Documents and all Addenda issued prior to Contract Agreement execution form a part of these specifications and apply to all Contracts or Subcontracts relating to the mechanical systems.
C. The requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Division 22.
D. Section 22 10 05 - Plumbing Piping.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. EJMA (STDS) - EJMA Standards Tenth Edition.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, face-to-face length, live length, hose wall thickness, hose convolutions per foot and per assembly, fundamental frequency of assembly, braid structure, and total number of wires in braid.
2. Expansion Loops/Joints: Indicate maximum temperature and pressure rating, and maximum expansion compensation.
C. Maintenance Data: Include adjustment instructions.
D. Project Record Documents: Record installed locations of flexible pipe connectors, expansion joints, anchors, and guides.
1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to UL and FM requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS - STEEL PIPING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Mercer Rubber Company: www.mercer-rubber.com/#sle.
2. The Metraflex Company: www.metraflex.com/#sle.
B. Inner Hose: Stainless steel.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 16 - 2 C. Exterior Sleeve: Single braided, stainless steel.
D. Pressure Rating: 125 psi up to 12 inch.
E. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F.
F. Joint: Flanged or threaded with union.
G. Size: Use pipe sized units.
H. Maximum offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line.
2.2 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS - COPPER PIPING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Mercer Rubber Company: www.mercer-rubber.com/#sle.
2. The Metraflex Company: www.metraflex.com/#sle.
B. Inner Hose: Bronze.
C. Exterior Sleeve: Braided bronze.
D. Pressure Rating: 125 psi up to 2 inch.
E. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F.
F. Joint: Flanged or threaded with union.
G. Size: Use pipe sized units.
H. Maximum offset: 3/4 inch on each side of installed center line.
I. Application: Copper piping.
2.3 EXPANSION LOOPS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Metraflex Metraloop.
2. Twin Cities Hose Seismic 'V' Connector.
B. Provide flexible expansion loops of size to match piping in which installed as shown on the Drawings.
C. Flexible loops shall be designed to impart no thrust loads on the pipe anchors.
D. The loop shall consist of two flexible sections of hose and braid, two 90 degree elbows and a 180 degree return. Hose and braid shall be T304 stainless steel. Fittings shall be carbon steel. Provide connection ends to match piping fitting requirements.
E. Expansion loops shall be designed for 4 inches of movement in all directions and 4" axial movement. Maximum working pressure 150 PSI at 70 degrees.
F. Install at all locations where piping crosses building seismic expansion joints.
G. Expansion loops shall be certified for fluid/gas being transported for use in seismic applications.
2.4 EXPANSION LOOPS - HOSE AND BRAID
A. Manufacturers:
1. The Metraflex Company; Metraloop: www.metraflex.com/#sle.
2. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc; V-Loop: www.unisource-mfg.com/#sle.
B. Provide flexible loops with two flexible sections of hose and braid, two 90 degree elbows, and 180 degree return with support brackets and plugged drain port for steam service.
C. Maximum Allowable Motion: 2 inch in the x, y, and z planes with no thrust loads to the building structure.
D. Maximum Working Pressure: 150 psi at 800 degrees F.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 16 - 3 E. Construction: Class 150, schedule 40, stainless steel hose and braid assembly with carbon steel fittings, including elbows and flanged end connections sized to match pipe segment.
1. Selected Product to Accommodate:
a. Angular Rotation: 15 degrees.
b. Force developed by 1.5 times specified maximum allowable operating pressure.
2. Provide necessary accessories including, but not limited to, swivel joints.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install in accordance with EJMA (Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association) Standards.
C. Install flexible pipe connectors on pipes connected to vibration isolated equipment. Provide line size flexible connectors.
D. Anchor pipe to building structure where indicated or required. Provide pipe guides so movement is directed along axis of pipe only. Erect piping such that strain and weight is not on cast connections or apparatus.
E. Provide support and equipment required to control expansion and contraction of piping. Provide loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, or expansion joints where required.
F. Install seismic expansion loops at all points where piping crosses building expansion joints.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 - 1
SECTION 22 05 23
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Applications.
B. Angle valves.
C. Ball valves.
D. Butterfly valves.
E. Check valves.
F. Gate valves.
G. Globe valves.
H. Lubricated plug valves.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 08 31 00 - Access Doors and Panels.
B. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.
C. Section 22 07 19 - Plumbing Piping Insulation.
D. Section 22 10 05 - Plumbing Piping.
1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. CWP: Cold working pressure.
B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.
C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber.
D. NRS: Non-rising stem.
E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke.
F. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene.
G. RS: Rising stem.
H. SWP: Steam working pressure.
I. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene.
J. WOG: Water, oil, and gas.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch 2013 (Reaffirmed 2018).
B. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250 2020.
C. ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard 2020.
D. ASME B16.10 - Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves 2022.
E. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 2021.
F. ASME B16.34 - Valves — Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End 2020.
G. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping 2020.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 - 2
H. ASME BPVC-IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Qualification Standard for Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Procedures; Welders; Brazers; and Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Operators 2023.
I. ASTM A48/A48M - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 2022.
J. ASTM A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings 2004 (Reapproved 2019).
K. ASTM B61 - Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings 2015 (Reapproved 2021).
L. ASTM B62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings 2017.
M. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints 2022.
N. MSS SP-45 - Drain and Bypass Connections 2020.
O. MSS SP-67 - Butterfly Valves 2022.
P. MSS SP-70 - Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends 2011.
Q. MSS SP-71 - Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends 2018.
R. MSS SP-72 - Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service 2010a.
S. MSS SP-78 - Gray Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends 2011.
T. MSS SP-80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle, and Check Valves 2019.
U. MSS SP-85 - Gray Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends 2011.
V. MSS SP-110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends 2010, with Errata .
W. MSS SP-125 - Check Valves: Gray Iron and Ductile Iron, In-Line, Spring-Loaded, Center-Guided 2018.
X. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects 2022, with Errata.
Y. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content 2022.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on valves including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listings.
D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish Owner with one wrench for every five plug valves, in each size of square plug valve head.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer:
1. Company must specialize in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience.
B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Comply with ASME BPVC-IX.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 APPLICATIONS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 - 3
A. Provide the following valves for the applications if not indicated on drawings:
1. Shutoff: Ball, butterfly, gate or plug.
2. Throttling: Provide globe, angle, ball, or butterfly.
3. Swing Check (Pump Outlet):
a. 2 inch and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze or nonmetallic disc.
b. 2-1/2 inch and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron swing check valves with closure control, metal or resilient seat check valves.
c. 2-1/2 inch and Larger for Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring.
B. Substitutions of valves with higher CWP classes or WSP ratings for same valve types are permitted when specified CWP ratings or WSP classes are not available.
C. Required Valve End Connections for Non-Wafer Types:
1. Steel Pipe:
a. 2 inch and Smaller: Threaded ends.
b. 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch: Grooved or flanged ends except where threaded valveend option is indicated in valve schedules below. c. Grooved-End Steel Piping: Grooved.
2. Copper Tube:
a. 2 inch and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.
b. 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch: Grooved or flanged ends except where threaded valveend option is indicated in valve schedules below.
D. Domestic, Hot and Cold Water Valves:
1. All sizes:
a. Bronze and Brass: Provide with solder-joint or threaded ends. b. Bronze Angle: Class 125, bronze disc.
c. Ball: Two piece, full port, brass with brass trim.
d. Bronze Swing Check: Class 125, bronze disc.
e. Bronze Gate: Class 125, NRS.
E. Gas Valves:
1. All sizes:
a. Bronze: Provide with threaded ends.
b. Ball: One piece, full port, bronze with bronze trim. c. Lubricated Plug: Class 125, regular gland.
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: No less than rating indicated; as required for system pressures and temperatures.
B. Valve Sizes: Match upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
C. Valve Actuator Types:
1. Gear Actuator: Quarter-turn valves 8 inch and larger.
2. Handwheel: Valves other than quarter-turn types.
3. Hand Lever: Quarter-turn valves 6 inch and smaller except plug valves.
4. Wrench: Plug valves with square heads.
D. Insulated Piping Valves: With 2 inch stem extensions and the following features:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 - 4
1. Gate Valves: Rising stem.
2. Ball Valves: Extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation.
3. Butterfly Valves: Extended neck.
4. Memory Stops: Fully adjustable after insulation is installed.
E. Valve-End Connections:
1. Threaded End Valves: ASME B1.20.1.
2. Flanges on Iron Valves: ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves.
3. Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 1/2 inch through 24 inch: ASME B16.5.
4. Solder Joint Connections: ASME B16.18.
5. Grooved End Connections: AWWA C606.
F. General ASME Compliance:
1. Ferrous Valve Dimensions and Design Criteria: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34.
2. Solder-joint Connections: ASME B16.18.
3. Building Services Piping Valves: ASME B31.9.
G. Potable Water Use:
1. Certified: Approved for use in compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372.
2. Lead-Free Certified: Wetted surface material includes less than 0.25 percent lead content.
H. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.
2.3 BRONZE, ANGLE VALVES
A. Class 125; CWP Rating: 200 psi:
1. Comply with MSS SP-80, Type 1.
2. Body: Bronze; ASTM B62, with integral seat and screw in bonnet.
3. End Connections: Pipe thread.
4. Stem: Bronze.
5. Disc: Bronze.
6. Packing: Asbestos free.
7. Handwheel: Bronze or aluminum.
2.4 BRASS, BALL VALVES
A. Two Piece, Full Port with Brass Trim and Threaded or Soldered Connections:
1. Comply with MSS SP-110.
2. Seats: PTFE.
3. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
2.5 BRONZE, BALL VALVES
A. General:
1. Fabricate from dezincification resistant material.
2. Copper alloys containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted.
B. Two Piece, Full Port with Bronze Trim:
1. Comply with MSS SP-110.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 - 5
2. WSP Rating: 150 psi.
3. WOG Rating: 600 psi.
4. Body: Forged bronze or dezincified-brass alloy.
5. Ends Connections: Pipe thread or solder.
6. Seats: PTFE.
7. Stem: Bronze, blowout proof.
8. Ball: Chrome plated brass.
2.6 BRONZE, LIFT CHECK VALVES
A. General:
1. Fabricate from dezincification resistant material.
2. Copper alloys containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted.
B. Class 125:
1. Comply with MSS SP-80, Type 1, Metal Disc to Metal Seat and Type 2, Nonmetallic Disc to Metal Seat.
2. CWP Rating: 200 psi.
3. Design: Vertical flow.
4. Body: Comply with ASTM B61 or ASTM B62, bronze.
5. End Connections: Threaded.
2.7 BRASS, INLINE CHECK VALVES
A. Class 150:
B. Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F.
C. Body: Forged brass.
D. Disc: Forged brass.
E. Seal: PTFE, bubble-tight.
F. End Connections: Press.
2.8 BRASS, HORIZONTAL SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Class 125, Threaded End Connections:
1. WOG Rating: 200 psi.
2. Body: Forged brass.
3. Disc: Forged brass.
4. Hinge-Pin, Screw, and Cap: Forged brass.
2.9 BRONZE, SWING CHECK VALVES
A. General:
1. Fabricate from dezincification resistant material.
2. Copper alloys containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted.
B. Class 125:
1. Pressure and Temperature Rating: MSS SP-80, Type 3.
2. Design: Y-pattern, horizontal or vertical flow.
3. WOG Rating: 200 psi.
4. Body: Bronze, ASTM B62.
5. End Connections: Threaded.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 - 6
6. Disc: Bronze.
2.10 BRONZE, GATE VALVES
A. General:
1. Fabricate from dezincification resistant material.
2. Copper alloys containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted.
B. NRS (Non-rising Stem) or OS & Y (Rising Stem):
1. Comply with MSS SP-80, Type I.
2. Class 125: CWP Rating 200 psig.
3. Body: ASTM B62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
4. Ends: Threaded or solder joint joint.
5. Stem: Bronze.
6. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
7. Packing: Asbestos free.
8. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.
2.11 LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES
A. Regular Gland with Flanged Ends:
1. Comply with MSS SP-78, Type II.
2. Class 125: CWP Rating: 200 psi.
3. Body: ASTM A48/A48M or ASTM A126, cast iron with lubrication sealing system.
4. Pattern: Regular or short.
5. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Discard all packing materials and verify that valve interior, including threads and flanges are completely clean without signs of damage or degradation that could result in leakage.
B. Verify valve parts to be fully operational in all positions from closed to fully open.
C. Confirm gasket material to be suitable for the service, to be of correct size, and without defects that could compromise effectiveness.
D. Should valve is determined to be defective, replace with new valve.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Provide unions or flanges with valves to facilitate equipment removal and maintenance while maintaining system operation and full accessibility for servicing.
B. Provide separate valve support as required and locate valve with stem at or above center of piping, maintaining unimpeded stem movement.
C. Install check valves where necessary to maintain direction of flow as follows:
1. Lift Check: Install with stem plumb and vertical.
2. Swing Check: Install horizontal maintaining hinge pin level.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 - 1
SECTION 22 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Strut systems for pipe or equipment support.
B. Beam clamps.
C. Pipe hangers.
D. Pipe rollers and roller supports.
E. Pipe supports, guides, shields, and saddles.
F. Seismic bracing hardware.
G. Nonpenetrating rooftop supports for low-slope roofs.
H. Anchors and fasteners.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 2017.
B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 2023.
C. ASTM A181/A181M - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for GeneralPurpose Piping 2023.
D. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 2019.
E. ASTM A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings 1999, with Editorial Revision (2022).
F. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 2018.
G. ASTM A395/A395M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron PressureRetaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures 1999 (Reapproved 2022).
H. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 2023.
I. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength 2023.
J. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel 2023.
K. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
L. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials 2022a, with Editorial Revision (2023).
M. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation 2018, with Amendment (2019).
N. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 - 2
O. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for metal channel (strut) framing systems, nonpenetrating rooftop supports, post-installed concrete and masonry anchors, and thermal insulated pipe supports.
C. Evaluation Reports: For products specified as requiring evaluation and recognition by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES), provide current ICC-ES evaluation reports upon request.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide required hardware to hang or support piping, equipment, or fixtures with related accessories as necessary to complete installation of plumbing work.
B. Provide hardware products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for intended purpose.
C. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable.
D. Do not use wire, chain, perforated pipe strap, or wood for permanent supports unless specifically indicated or permitted.
E. Fire Resistance: Provide hardware rated for 120 minutes resistance unless specifically indicated by the authority having jurisdiction.
F. Materials for Metal Fabricated Supports: Comply with Section 05 50 00.
1. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633 unless stated otherwise.
2. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M unless stated otherwise.
G. Corrosion Resistance: Use corrosion-resistant metal-based materials fully compatible with exposed piping materials and suitable for the environment where installed.
2.2 STRUT SYSTEMS FOR PIPE OR EQUIPMENT SUPPORT
A. Strut Channels:
1. ASTM A653/A653M galvanized steel bracket with clamps for surface mounting of piping or plumbing equipment support.
2. Channel or Bracket Kits: Include rods, brackets, end-fixed fittings, covers, clips, and other related hardware required to complete sectional trapeze section for piping or other support.
B. Hanger Rods:
1. Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated.
2. Minimum Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required:
a. Equipment Supports: 1/2 inch diameter.
b. Piping up to 4 inch: 3/8 inch diameter.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 - 3
c. Piping larger than 4 inch: 1/2 inch diameter.
d. Trapeze Support for Multiple Pipes: 3/8 inch in length.
C. Channel Nuts:
1. Provide carbon steel channel nut with epoxy copper or zinc finish and long, regular, or short spring as indicated on drawings.
2.3 BEAM CLAMPS
A. MSS SP-58 types 19 through 23, 25 or 27 through 30 based on required load.
B. Provide clamps with hardened steel cup-point set screws and lock-nuts for anchoring in place.
C. Material: ASTM A395/A395M ductile iron, ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel, ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron, ASTM A181/A181M forged steel, or ASTM A283/A283M steel.
2.4 PIPE HANGERS
A. J-Hangers, Adjustable:
1. MSS SP-58 type 5, zinc-plated ASTM A1011/A1011M steel or ASTM A653/A653M carbon steel.
2. Felt-Lined: Provide for uninsulated pipe to reduce noise and prevent static issues.
B. Swivel Ring Hangers, Adjustable:
1. MSS SP-58 type 10, epoxy-painted, zinc-colored.
2. Material: ASTM A395/A395M ductile iron, ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel, ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron, ASTM A181/A181M forged steel, or ASTM A283/A283M steel.
3. Felt-Lined: Provide for uninsulated pipe to reduce noise and prevent static issues.
C. Clevis Hangers, Adjustable:
1. Copper Tube: MSS SP-58 type 1, epoxy-plated copper.
2. Felt-Lined: MSS SP-58 type 1, zinc-plated, silicone-free carbon steel.
3. Light-Duty: MSS SP-58 type 1, zinc-colored, epoxy plated.
4. Standard-Duty: MSS SP-58 type 1, zinc-colored, epoxy plated.
2.5 PIPE CLAMPS
A. Riser Clamps:
1. For insulated pipe runs, provide two bolt-type clamps designed for installation under insulation.
2. MSS SP-58 type 1 or 8, carbon steel or steel with epoxy plated, plain, stainless steel, or zinc plated finish.
3. Medium Split Horizontal Pipe Clamp: MSS SP-58 type 4, carbon steel or stainless steel with epoxy plated, plain, stainless steel, or zinc plated finish.
4. Copper Tube Pipe Clamp: MSS SP-58 type 8, epoxy plated copper.
B. Extension Split Pipe Clamp:
1. MSS SP-58 type 12, hinged split ring and yoke roller hanger with epoxy copper or plain finish.
2. Material: ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel.
3. Provide hanger rod and nuts of the same type and material for a given pipe run.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 - 4
4. Provide coated or plated hangers to isolate steel hangers from dissimilar metal tube or pipe.
C. Offset Pipe Clamps: Double-leg design two-piece pipe clamp.
D. Strut Clamps:
1. Pipe Clamp: Two-piece rigid, universal, or outer diameter type, carbon steel with epoxy copper or zinc finish.
2. Cushioned Pipe or Tubing Strut Clamp: Provide strut clamp with thermoplastic elastomer cushion having dielectric strength of 670 V/mil.
E. Insulation Coupling:
1. Two bolt-type clamps designed for installation under insulation.
2. Material: Carbon steel with epoxy copper or zinc finish.
2.6 PIPE ROLLERS AND ROLLER SUPPORTS
A. MSS SP-58 type 43 based on required load, nonconductive and corrosion resistant.
B. Material: Zinc plated ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel or ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron.
2.7 PIPE SUPPORTS, GUIDES, SHIELDS, AND SADDLES
A. Dielectric Barriers: Provide between metallic supports and metallic piping and associated items of dissimilar type; acceptable dielectric barriers include rubber or plastic sheets or coatings attached securely to pipe or item.
B. Stanchions:
1. Material: Malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M; or carbon steel, ASTM A36/A36M.
2. Provide coated or plated saddles to isolate steel hangers from dissimilar metal tube or pipe.
3. For pipe runs, use stanchions of same type and material where vertical adjustment is required for stationary pipe.
C. U-Bolts:
1. MSS SP-58 type 24, carbon steel u-bolt for pipe support or anchoring.
D. Pipe Alignment Guides, Galvanized steel:
1. Pipe Sizes 8 inch and Smaller: Spider or sleeve type.
2. Pipe Sizes 10 inch and Larger: Roller type.
E. Pipe Shields for Insulated Piping:
1. MSS SP-58 type 40, ASTM A1011/A1011M steel or ASTM A653/A653M carbon steel.
2. General Construction and Requirements:
a. Surface Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84 or UL 723. b. Shields Material: UV-resistant polypropylene with glass fill. c. Maximum Insulated Pipe Outer Diameter: 12-5/8 inch.
d. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to 178 degrees F.
e. Pipe shields to be provided at hanger, support, and guide locations on pipe requiring insulation or additional support.
F. Pipe Supports:
1. Material: ASTM A395/A395M ductile iron, ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel, ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron, ASTM A181/A181M forged steel, or ASTM A283/A283M steel.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 - 5
2. Liquid Temperatures Up to 122 degrees F:
a. Overhead Support: MSS SP-58 types 1, 3 through 12 clamps. b. Support From Below: MSS SP-58 types 35 through 38.
3. Operating Temperatures from 122 to 446 degrees F:
a. Overhead Support: MSS SP-58 type 1 or 3 through 12 clamps with appropriate saddle of MSS SP-58 type 40 for insulated pipe. b. Roller Chair: MSS SP-58 types 41 or 43 through 46 roller chair support with appropriate saddle of MSS SP-58 type 39 for insulated pipe. c. Sliding Support: MSS SP-58 types 35 through 38.
G. Pipe Supports, Thermal Insulated:
1. General Requirements:
a. Insulated pipe supports to be provided at hanger, support, and guide locations on pipe requiring insulation or additional support.
b. Pipe insulation protection shields to be provided at the hanger points and guide locations on pipes requiring insulation as indicated on drawings. c. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/smoke developed index of 5/30, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. d. Provide pipe supports for 1/2 to 30 inch iron pipes. e. Insulation inserts to consist of rigid phenolic foam insulation surrounded by 360 degree, PVC jacketing.
2. PVC Jacket:
a. Pipe insulation protection shields to be provided with ball bearing hinge and locking seam.
b. Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F.
c. Maximum Service Temperature: 180 degrees F.
d. Moisture Vapor Transmission: 0.0071 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M.
e. Minimum Thickness: 60 mil, 0.06 inch.
2.8 SEISMIC BRACING HARDWARE
A. Cable Sway Bracing Systems:
1. Cable wire hanger with fix and release spring mechanism enclosed using zinc housing with 302 stainless steel components for pipe or equipment suspension to surface-mounted end-fixing fittings.
2. Provide cable wire and end-fixing as required to hold minimum weight of 100 lb.
2.9 NONPENETRATING ROOFTOP SUPPORTS FOR LOW-SLOPE ROOFS A. Provide steel pedestals with thermoplastic or rubber base that rest on top of roofing membrane, not requiring any attachment to the roof structure and not penetrating the roofing assembly, with support fixtures as specified.
B. Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly.
C. Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer, same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports.
D. Mounting Height: Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches under supported component to top of roofing.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 - 6
2.10 ANCHORS AND FASTENERS
A. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications.
B. Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts or expansion anchors.
C. Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors.
D. Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts.
E. Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts.
F. Steel: Use beam clamps, machine bolts, or welded threaded studs.
G. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
H. Wood: Use wood screws.
I. Plastic and lead anchors are not permitted.
J. Powder-actuated fasteners are not permitted.
K. Hammer-driven anchors and fasteners are not permitted.
L. Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES) for compliance with applicable building code.
M. Preset Concrete Inserts: Continuous metal strut channel and spot inserts specifically designed to be cast in concrete ceilings, walls, and floors.
1. Channel Material: Use galvanized steel.
2. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of metal strut channel framing system.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICCES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable.
C. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, conduit, or other systems.
D. Unless specifically indicated or approved by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc., do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid.
E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc., do not provide support from roof deck.
F. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer.
G. Provide thermal insulated pipe supports complete with hangers and accessories. Install thermal insulated pipe supports during the installation of the piping system.
H. Equipment Support and Attachment:
1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to support equipment as required.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 - 7
2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out.
3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface.
4. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support.
I. Preset Concrete Inserts: Use manufacturer-provided closure strips to inhibit concrete seepage during concrete pour.
J. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
K. Remove temporary supports.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects.
B. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
C. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 - 1 SECTION 22 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Nameplates.
B. Tags.
C. Pipe markers.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 2020.
B. ASTM D709 - Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials 2017.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. List: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification.
C. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS
A. Heat Transfer Equipment: Nameplates.
B. Major Control Components: Nameplates.
C. Piping: Pipe markers.
D. Pumps: Nameplates.
E. Small-sized Equipment: Tags.
F. Tanks: Nameplates.
G. Valves: Tags and ceiling tacks where located above lay-in ceiling.
H. Water Treatment Devices: Nameplates.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Brady Corp.
B. Seton Identification Products.
2.3 NAMEPLATES
A. Description: Laminated piece with up to three lines of text.
1. Letter Color: White.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 - 2
2. Letter Height: 1/4 inch.
3. Background Color: Black.
4. Plastic: Comply with ASTM D709.
2.4 TAGS
A. Flexible: Vinyl with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color with up to three lines of text. Minimum tag size 1-1/2 inch in diameter.
B. Metal: Brass, 19 gauge 1-1/2 inch in diameter with smooth edges, blank, smooth edges, and corrosion-resistant ball chain. Up to three lines of text.
2.5 PIPE MARKERS
A. Comply with ASME A13.1.
B. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Secure to pipe using two (2) bands of adhesive tape with flow arrows supplied by the manufacturer. Install securing bands completly around pipe and overlapped.
C. Underground Flexible Marker: Bright-colored continuously printed ribbon tape, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil, 0.004 inch thick, manufactured for direct burial service.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive identification products.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install flexible nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer.
B. Install tags in clear view and align with axis of piping C. Install plastic tape pipe marker around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Identify domestic hot water heating equipment, including pumps, etc. with plastic nameplates.
E. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags.
F. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet (6 m) on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.
G. Identify all medium pressure gas piping (over 11" W.C. to 5 PSI pressure) with pressure contained within piping system (for example: "MPG 5 PSI")
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 - 1
SECTION 22 07 19
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flexible elastomeric cellular insulation.
B. Piping insulation.
C. Glass fiber insulation.
D. Jacketing and accessories.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 22 10 05 - Plumbing Piping: Placement of hangers and hanger inserts.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B209/B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 2021a.
B. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 2014.
C. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus 2019, with Editorial Revision (2023).
D. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus 2021.
E. ASTM C533 - Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation 2017 (Reapproved 2023).
F. ASTM C534/C534M - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form 2023.
G. ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation 2022a.
H. ASTM C585 - Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing 2022.
I. ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel 2008 (Reapproved 2023).
J. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
K. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials 2022a, with Editorial Revision (2023).
L. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 - 2
B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience.
B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum three years of experience.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product.
B. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, UL 723, ASTM E84, or UL 723.
2.2 GLASS FIBER INSULATION
A. Manufacturers:
1. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com.
2. Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com/#sle.
3. Knauf Insulation: www.knaufusa.com.
4. Owens Corning Corporation; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation ASJ: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle.
B. Insulation: ASTM C547and ASTM C795; rigid molded, noncombustible.
1. 'K' value: ASTM C 177, 0.22 to 0.28 at 100 degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 degrees F.
3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of
0.02 perm.
D. Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.
2.3 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex: www.armacell.us/#sle.
2. K-Flex USA LLC; Insul-Tube: www.kflexusa.com/#sle.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 - 3
3. Owens Corning Flex Tubing
B. Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying with ASTM C 534 Grade 3; use molded tubular material wherever possible and sheet for equipment and other surfaces.
1. 'K' value: ASTM C 177; 0.27 at 75 degrees F.
2. Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F.
3. Maximum Service Temperature: 220 degrees F.
4. Maximum Moisture Absorption - Pipe Insulation: 3.5 percent, by weight, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1056.
5. Water Vapor Permeability: 0.20 perm-inches, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96.
6. Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive.
C. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive:
D. Insulation Exposed to the Weather: Finish with two coats Armstrong white Armaflex finish. Provide aluminum jacketing.
2.4 JACKETING AND ACCESSORIES
A. PVC Plastic Jacket:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Proto Corporation, Proto-Wrap 30 LoSmoke.
b. Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com.
2. Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. a. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F.
b. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F.
c. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M.
d. Thickness: 10 mil, 0.010 inch.
e. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.
3. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.
B. Aluminum Jacket:
1. Comply with ASTM B209/B209M, Temper H14, minimum thickness of 0.016 inch with factory-applied polyethylene and kraft paper moisture barrier on the inside surface.
2. Thickness: 0.016 inch sheet.
3. Finish: Embossed.
4. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps.
5. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die-shaped fitting covers with factory-attached protective liner.
6. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.015 inch thick aluminum.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials.
B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 - 4
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.
C. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature:
1. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with molded PVC fitting covers.
D. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature:
1. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with molded PVC fitting covers.
E. Inserts and Shields:
1. Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter or larger.
2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts.
3. Insert Location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket.
4. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated.
5. Insert Material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range.
F. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire separations, use a UL rated fire penetration assembly, 3M or equal.
G. Pipe in Supply Air Plenum or Finished Spaces: Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers.
H. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces: Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers.
I. Exterior Applications (exposed to the weather): Provide vapor barrier jacket. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping.
3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Plumbing Systems:
1. Domestic Hot and Tempered Water Supply:
a. Glass Fiber Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: 1-1/2 inch and larger.
(a) Thickness: 2 inch.
2) Pipe Size Range: 1 inch and smaller.
(a) Thickness: 1-1/2 inch.
2. Domestic Cold Water Located in Unheated Areas:
a. Glass Fiber Insulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: 1-1/2 inch and larger.
(a) Thickness: 1 inch.
2) Pipe Size Range: 1 inch and smaller.
(a) Thickness: 3/4 inch.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 05 - 1
SECTION 22 10 05
PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Sanitary waste piping, buried within 5 feet of building.
B. Sanitary waste piping, above grade.
C. Drains.
D. Domestic water piping, buried within 5 feet of building.
E. Domestic water piping, above grade.
F. Natural gas piping, buried within 5 feet of building.
G. Natural gas piping, above grade.
H. Pipe flanges, unions, and couplings.
I. Pipe hangers and supports.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.
C. Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.
D. Section 22 07 19 - Plumbing Piping Insulation.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26 - Fuel Gas Piping Systems Using Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing 2019.
B. ANSI Z21.22 - American National Standard for Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems 2015 (Reaffirmed 2020).
C. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300 2021.
D. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 2021.
E. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings 2021.
F. ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV 2021.
G. ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings—DWV 2022.
H. ASME B31.1 - Power Piping 2022.
I. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping 2020.
J. ASME BPVC-IV - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV - Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers 2023.
K. ASSE 1003 - Water Pressure Reducing Valves for Potable Water Distribution Systems 2023.
L. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless 2022.
M. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 2021.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 05 - 2
N. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service 2023a.
O. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal 2020.
P. ASTM B42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes 2020.
Q. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube 2022.
R. ASTM B306 - Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) 2020.
S. ASTM B813 - Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube 2016.
T. ASTM B828 - Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings 2016.
U. ASTM D2513 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings 2020.
V. ASTM D2683 - Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing 2020.
W. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
X. AWS A5.8M/A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding 2019.
Y. AWWA C105/A21.5 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems 2018.
Z. AWWA C550 - Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 2017.
AA. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains 2014, with Addendum (2020).
BB. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications 2021.
CC. CISPI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications 2020.
DD. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation 2018, with Amendment (2019).
EE. MSS SP-67 - Butterfly Valves 2022.
FF. MSS SP-69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.; 2003.
GG. MSS SP-89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices; Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.; 2003.
HH. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects 2022, with Errata.
II. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content 2022.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories.
Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings.
C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with State of California, standards.
B. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 05 - 3
C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Comply with ASME BPVC-IX and applicable state labor regulations.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform Work in accordance with State of California plumbing code.
B. Domestic water piping and components shall be provided and installed in accordance with California AB 1953 Legislation (effective January 1, 2010), which limits the allowable lead content in certain domestic water system components.
C. Conform to applicable code for installation of backflow prevention devices.
D. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.
D. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Potable Water Supply Systems: Provide piping, pipe fittings, and solder and flux (if used), that comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for maximum lead content; label pipe and fittings.
2.2 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED
A. PVC Pipe: Schedule 40 Solid Core. ASTM D1785, ASTM D2665.
1. Fittings: PVC.
2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D2564 solvent cement and ASTM F656 primer.
2.3 DRAIN PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight.
1. Fittings: Cast iron.
2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies.
B. PVC Pipe: Schedule 40 Solid Core. ASTM D1785, ASTM D2665.
1. Fittings: PVC.
2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D2564 solvent cement and ASTM F656 primer.
C. Copper Tube: ASTM B 306, DWV or ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), Type M (C), Drawn (H).
1. Application: Condensate drains inside building (non-acidic).
2. Fittings: ASME B16.29, wrought copper, or ASME B16.23, sovent.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 05 - 4
3. Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn50 solder.
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40, galvanized.
1. Application: Condensate drains outside building (non-acidic).
2. Threaded Joints: ASME B16.3 malleable iron fittings.
E. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665.
1. Application: Condensate drains (acidic).
2. Fittings: PVC.
3. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D2564 solvent cement.
2.4 WATER PIPING, BURIED
A. Copper Pipe: ASTM B 42, hard drawn, Type K.
1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22 wrought copper and bronze.
2. Joints: ASTM B32, alloy Sn95 solder.
3. Joints: For sizes 2" and larger, AWS A5.8M/A5.8, BCuP copper and silver braze.
2.5 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type L (B), Drawn (H).
1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy.
2. Joints: For sizes 1-1/2" and smaller, ASTM B 32, alloy Sn95 solder.
3. Joints: For sizes 2" and larger, AWS A5.8, BCuP5 silver braze.
B. Provide full solder cup for all fittings.
C. Schedule 40 Screwed Brass: Capped or plugged outlets.
2.6 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED BEYOND 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Polyethylene Pipe: ASTM D2513, SDR 11.
1. Fittings: ASTM D2683 or ASTM D2513 socket type.
2. Joints: Fusion welded.
2.7 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black.
1. Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type.
2. Joints: ASME B31.1, welded.
3. Jacket: AWWA C105/A21.5 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half-lapped 10 mil polyethylene tape.
2.8 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black.
1. Pipe size 2" and smaller: Malleable iron threaded fittings.
2. Pipe size 2-1/2" and larger: Steel butt welded fittings.
3. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type.
4. Joints: Threaded or welded to ASME B31.1.
B. Flexible Gas Piping:
1. Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing: Comply with ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 05 - 5
2. Comply with ASTM E84.
3. Fittings: Provided by piping system manufacturer.
2.9 PIPE FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS
A. Unions for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Under:
1. Copper Tube and Pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints.
B. Flanges for Pipe Sizes Over 2 inch:
1. Ferrous Pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slip-on flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets.
2. Copper Tube and Pipe: Class 150 slip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets.
C. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.
2.10 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. See Section 22 05 29 for additional requirements.
2.11 GAS PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES
A. Provide single stage, steel jacketed, corrosion resistant gas pressure regulating valves with atmospheric vent and elevation compensator sized for inlet and outlet pressures , specific gravity and volume indicated on the drawings.
B. Compliance requirements:
1. Appliance Regulator: ANSI Z21.18/CSA 6.3.
2. Line Pressure Regulator: ANSI Z21.80/CSA 6.22.
C. For sizes 2" and smaller: threaded ends.
D. For sizes 2-1/2" and larger: flanged ends.
E. Provide high and low pressure cutout and internal relief for each regulator.
2.12 SEISMIC GAS SHUTOFF VALVES
A. Manufacturers: Safetquake, Quakemaster or equal.
B. Valve is fabricated of aluminum, incorporates a stainless steel ball and bubble level, is vertically mounted, has a single step manual reset lever, operates at ambient temperature range of -40 deg F to +150 Deg F, minimum pressure .5 psi and maximum allowable pressure of 60 psi.
C. Valves actuates within 5 seconds when subjected to a horizontal sinusoidal oscillation having a peak acceleration of anyone of the following: (1) 0.70g and period of 0.13 second, (2) 0.40g and period of 0.20 second, (3) 0.30g and period of 0.40 second, (4)
0.25g and period of 1.00 second.
D. Meets or exceeds California standard, ANSI (Z21 1995), California Office of State Architect (Label Numbers CA-OSA 19.49 and CA-OSA 27.02, IAPMO, UPC (file 3D94), AGA P-70-2A, U.L. Building and Safety RR 4996.
2.13 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
A. 2 inch and Smaller:
1. ASSE 1003, bronze body, stainless steel, and thermoplastic internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, threaded single union ends.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 05 - 6
2. Pressure Reducing Pilot-Operator:
a. Operating Range: 5 to 50 psi.
b. Connected into brass or bronze pilot piping and fittings. c. Fixed flow restrictor, pressure gauges, and isolation valves.
B. 2 inch and Larger:
1. ASSE 1003, cast iron body with interior lining complying with AWWA C550, bronze fitted, elastomeric diaphragm and seat disc, flanged.
2. Pressure Reducing Pilot-Operator:
a. Operating Range: 5 to 50 psi.
b. Connected into brass or bronze pilot piping and fittings. c. Fixed flow restrictor, strainer, pressure gauges, and isolation valves.
2.14 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
A. ANSI Z21.22, AGA certified, bronze body, teflon seat, steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated.
B. Temperature and Pressure:
1. ANSI Z21.22, AGA certified, bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, temperature relief maximum 210 degrees F, capacity ASME BPVC-IV certified and labelled.
2.15 STRAINERS
A. Size 2 inch and Smaller:
1. Threaded brass body for 175 psi CWP, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen.
2. Class 150, threaded bronze body 300 psi CWP, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.
C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.
D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space.
E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 05 - 7
F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.
G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.
H. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed.
I. Provide anodeless transition riser at gas piping transition from below grade to above grade.
J. All natural gas piping exposed to outdoors shall be primed and painted, color by architect.
K. All ABS and PVC pipe material exposed to outdoors shall be primed and painted, color by architect.
L. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting.
M. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. See Section 22 05 23.
N. Install water piping to ASME B31.9.
O. Copper Pipe and Tube: Make soldered joints in accordance with ASTM B828, using specified solder, and flux meeting ASTM B813; in potable water systems use flux also complying with NSF 61 and NSF 372.
P. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls, and floors.
Q. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9.
2. Support horizontal piping as indicated.
3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.
4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.
6. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.
7. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.
8. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections.
B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe.
C. Install gate valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.
3.5 TOLERANCES
A. Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertically of location indicated and slope to drain at minimum of 1/4 inch per foot slope.
B. Water Piping: Slope at minimum of 1/32 inch per foot and arrange to drain at low points.
3.6 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 05 - 8
A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed, and clean.
B. Ensure acidity (pH) of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric).
C. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet, or gas form throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual.
D. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets.
E. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours.
F. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment.
G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L.
H. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651.
3.7 SCHEDULES
A. Pipe Hanger Spacing:
1. Metal Piping:
a. Pipe Size: 1/2 inch to 1-1/4 inch:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 6.5 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inches.
b. Pipe Size: 1-1/2 inch to 2 inch:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 3/8 inch.
c. Pipe Size: 2-1/2 inch to 3 inch:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch.
d. Pipe Size: 4 inch to 6 inch:
1) Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 ft.
2) Hanger Rod Diameter: 5/8 inch.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 10 06 - 1
SECTION 22 10 06
PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Floor drains.
B. Cleanouts.
C. Water hammer arrestors.
D. Trap primers.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 22 10 05 - Plumbing Piping.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME A112.6.3 - Floor and Trench Drains 2019.
B. ASSE 1019 - Performance Requirements for Wall Hydrant with Backflow Protection and Freeze Resistance 2011 (Reaffirmed 2016).
C. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects 2022, with Errata.
D. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content 2022.
E. PDI-WH 201 - Water Hammer Arresters 2017.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, water hammer arrestors.
E. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than three years documented experience.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform Work in accordance with State of California plumbing code.
B. Domestic water piping and components shall be provided and installed in accordance with California AB 1953 Legislation (effective January 1, 2010), which limits the allowable lead content in certain domestic water system components.
C. Conform to applicable code for installation of backflow prevention devices.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 10 06 - 2
D. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Specialties in Potable Water Supply Systems: Provide products that comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for maximum lead content.
2.2 REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES NOT LISTED HEREIN.
2.3 DRAINS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Josam Company: www.josam.com/#sle.
2. MIFAB, Inc: www.mifab.com/#sle.
3. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company.
4. Zurn Industries, LLC: www.zurn.com/#sle.
B. Downspout Nozzles:
1. Bronze round with straight bottom section. Zurn Z-199.
C. Floor Drain (FD):
1. ASME A112.6.3; lacquered cast iron or stainless steel, two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and round, adjustable nickel-bronze strainer.
2. Provide accessories suitable for wood raised floor installation.
D. Floor Sink (FS):
1. Lacquered cast iron body with white acid resisting porcelain interior and top complete with aluminum anti-splash bottom dome strainer, square slotted medium duty half grate, anchor and seepage flange.
2.4 CLEANOUTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company: www.jayrsmith.com/#sle.
2. Josam Company: www.josam.com/#sle.
3. Zurn Industries, LLC: www.zurn.com/#sle.
B. Cleanouts at Exterior Surfaced Areas:
1. Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover.
C. Cleanouts at Exterior Unsurfaced Areas:
1. Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover.
D. Cleanouts at Interior Finished Floor Areas :
1. Lacquered cast iron body with anchor flange, reversible clamping collar, threaded top assembly, and nickel bronze round gasketed scored cover in service areas and Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 10 06 - 3
round or square nickel bronze gasketed depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor areas. Zurn ZN-1400.
E. Cleanouts at Interior Finished Wall Areas:
1. Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw. Zurn Z-1441 or Z-1443.
F. Cleanouts in concealed aboveground cast iron soil or waste lines: Zurn Z-1440A with raised head ABS plastic plug.
2.5 TRAP PRIMERS
A. Provide trap primers, 1/2 inch size, where indicated on drawings. Provide with built-in air gap and install 1/2" shutoff valve. PVC housings are not acceptable. Install trap primer line with 1/4" per foot slope to insure full drainage to floor drain or floor sink. Install tap primer behind wall with access door.
B. Provide a distribution unit with feeder piping for a maximum of four (4) traps where multiple traps are serviced by a single trap primer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface as indicated on plans. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system.
C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade.
D. Install cleanouts in all horizontal soil and waste piping at 100 feet maximum spacing inside building, 100 feet maximum spacing outside building, at every 135 degree change of direction and where shown on Drawings.
E. Install two way cleanout in building drain (waste line leaving the building) just outside of the building.
F. Install cleanouts in waste drops from each urinal and sink.
G. Install cleanouts in rain water (storm drain) drops 18 inches above finished floor. For concealed rainwater drops extend cleanout to building exterior for access.
H. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor.
I. Pipe relief from backflow preventer to nearest drain.
J. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and cold water supply piping to lavatoriessinks and washing machine outletswater closets and as shown on plans.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 30 00 - 1
SECTION 22 30 00
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Tankless gas-fired water heaters.
B. Commercial electric water heaters.
C. Expansion Tanks.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 018114 Sustainable Design Requirements (CHPS).
C. Section 019113 General Commisioning Requirements.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z21.10.1 - Gas Water Heaters, Volume I, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 Btu Per Hour or Less 2019, with Errata (2020).
B. ANSI Z21.10.3 - Gas-Fired Water Heaters, Volume III, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous 2019.
C. ASHRAE Std 90.1 I-P - Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
D. ASME BPVC-VIII-1 - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1:
Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels 2023.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
F. UL 778 - Standard for Motor-Operated Water Pumps Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
G. UL 1453 - Standard for Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data:
1. Provide dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping.
2. Indicate pump type, capacity, power requirements.
3. Provide certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable.
4. Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 30 00 - 2
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
D. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Identification: Provide pumps with manufacturer's name, model number, and rating/capacity identified by permanently attached label.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01700 - Contract Closeout, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WATER HEATERS
A. Tankless Gas-Fired Water Heaters:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bradford White Corporation; _____: www.bradfordwhite.com/#sle. b. AO Smith.
2. Minimum Efficiency Required: ASHRAE Std 90.1 I-P.
3. Water Inlet Pressure: From 30 psi to 150 psi.
4. Supply Gas Type: Natural gas.
5. Heater Type: Self-contained, wall-mounted unit capable of handling listed capacity, air intake valve, condensate solenoid drain valve, water-inlet strainer, removable thermally-insulated front panel, blower access cover, and threaded water, gas, and condensate pipe-end connections.
6. Burner-Heat Exchanger: 316L stainless steel assembly with single flue passage, flue baffle, and draft hood; thermally insulated and encased in corrosion-resistant steel jacket; baked-on enamel finish.
7. Safeties: Provide internal safeties for vent side, water flow, flame detection, fan speed, electrical load, and thermal load.
8. Controls: Color touchscreen interface for internal controls and built-in gas pressure regulator; temperature range adjustable from 100 to 185 degrees F using safety pilot and thermocouple.
B. Commercial Electric Water Heaters:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bradford White Corporation: www.bradfordwhite.com/#sle. b. A.O. Smith Water Products Co<>: www.hotwater.com/#sle.. c. State Water Heaters: www.statewaterheaters.com.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 22 30 00 - 3
2. Type: Factory-assembled and wired, electric, vertical storage.
3. Minimum Efficiency Required: ASHRAE Std 90.1 I-P.
4. Tank: Glass lined welded steel; 4 inch diameter inspection port, thermally insulated with minimum 2 inches foam plastic encased in corrosion-resistant steel jacket; baked-on enamel finish.
5. Accessories:
a. Water Connections: Brass.
b. Dip Tube: Brass.
c. Drain valve.
d. Anode: Magnesium.
e. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: ASME labeled.
6. Heating Elements: Flange-mounted immersion elements; individual elements sheathed with Incoloy corrosion-resistant metal alloy, rated less than 75 W/sq in.
2.2 EXPANSION TANK
A. Manufacturers:
1. Amtrol Inc: www.amtrol.com/#sle.
2. Bell & Gossett, a xylem brand: www.bellgossett.com/#sle.
3. Taco, Inc: www.tacocomfort.com/#sle.
B. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME BPVCVIII-1; supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles.
C. Accessories: Pressure gauge and air-charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 38 psig.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any.
B. Coordinate with plumbing piping and related fuel piping, gas venting, and electrical work to achieve operating system.
C. Provide and install CPVC piping for combustion air intake and flue for gas fired water heaters where scheduled and as shown on the drawings. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 1
SECTION 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flush valve water closets.
B. Wall hung urinals.
C. Lavatories.
D. Sinks.
E. Indoor drinking fountains.
F. Service sinks.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 22 10 05 - Plumbing Piping.
C. Section 22 10 06 - Plumbing Piping Specialties.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASHRAE Std 18 - Methods of Testing for Rating Drinking-Water Coolers with SelfContained Mechanical Refrigeration 2008 (Reaffirmed 2013).
B. ASME A112.6.1M - Floor-Affixed Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use 1997 (Reaffirmed 2017).
C. ASME A112.18.1 - Plumbing Supply Fittings 2018, with Errata.
D. ASME A112.19.2 - Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures 2018, with Errata.
E. ASME A112.19.5 - Flush Valves and Spuds for Water Closets, Urinals, and Tanks 2022.
F. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
G. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects 2022, with Errata.
H. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content 2022.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes.
C. Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists.
D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 2
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform Work in accordance with State of California plumbing code.
B. Domestic water piping and components shall be provided and installed in accordance with California AB 1953 Legislation (effective January 1, 2010), which limits the allowable lead content in certain domestic water system components.
C. Conform to applicable code for installation of backflow prevention devices.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept fixtures on-site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
B. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01700 - Contract Closeout, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for electric water cooler.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Potable Water Systems: Provide plumbing fittings and faucets that comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for maximum lead content; label pipe and fittings.
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Refer to Architectural drawings for exact locations, fixture mounting heights and ADA accessibility requirements.
B. Insulate domestic hot water, tempered water and waste piping below handicapped plumbing fixtures with molded single piece removable insulation covers, foam, fire resistant, Truebro, or equal. Install insulation covers in accordance with ADA requirements.
C. Provide 85% IPS red brass pipe for each connection to faucets, stops, hose bibs, and other fixtures/trim. Securely anchor brass pipe to structure. Install stop valves on water supply lines for each fixture, except hose bibbs.
D. Provide compression shutoff control stop valves with IPS inlets and threaded brass nipples at pipe connection on water supplies to each fixture. Provide stops with lock shield loose key and key handle for each stop. For combination fixtures, provide with compression stop and IPS inlet on each water supply fitting.
E. Provide cast brass escutcheons, except escutcheons exposed to view shall have chrome plated finish.
F. Provide chromium-plated finish on fittings and accessories exposed to view.
G. Fixture fittings and trim: Conform to ASME A112.18.1M and ASME A112.19.5, as applicable.
H. Centerset faucets: Top-mounted with inlets on not greater than 4 inch centers, unless specified otherwise below.
I. Separate faucets and combination supply fittings: Provide inlets on 8 inch centers.
J. Zinc-alloy or plastic handles are not permitted for faucets and valves.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 3
K. Provide special roughing-in for wheelchair fixtures.
L. Lavatory flow rates not to exceed 0.5 GPM.
M. Water closet flush flow rates not to exceed 1.28 GPF.
N. Urinal flush flow rates not to exceed 0.125 GPF.
O. Provide water hammer arrestors at end of pipe runs to two or more fixtures, properly sized with sufficient displacement volume to dissipate calculated energy in the piping systems. Locate in accessible location or provide access panel with location approved by Architect.
P. Fixture dimensions specified are nominal.
2.3 SEE PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures.
B. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning.
B. Provide chrome-plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons.
C. Install components level and plumb.
D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers and bolts.
E. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended to hold fixture in place.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 1
SECTION 23 05 10
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. References.
B. Description of Work.
C. Drawings and Specifications.
D. Industry Standards and Codes.
E. Site Examination.
F. Permits, Fees and Utility Connections.
G. Coordination of Work.
H. Progress of Work.
I. Submittals
J. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
K. Project Record Documents.
L. Warranty.
M. Quality and Care
N. Access Doors.
O. Starting Equipment and Systems.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this section.
B. The Contract Agreement, Bidding Documents and all Addenda issued prior to Contract Agreement execution form a part of these specifications and apply to all Contracts or Subcontracts relating to the mechanical systems.
C. The requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Division 23.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ANSI - American National Standards Institute.
B. ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials.
C. CEC - California Electric Code.
D. NEMA - National Electric Manufacturers' Association.
E. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association.
F. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act.
G. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories.
H. See detailed References that are listed in individual sections.
1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work included in this division of the specifications consists of furnishing labor, tools, equipment, supplies and materials, unless otherwise specified, and in performing Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 2
operations necessary for the installation of the complete Mechanical System as required by these specifications or shown on the Drawings, subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract Agreement.
B. The work shall also include the completion of details of mechanical work not mentioned or shown which are necessary for the successful operation of mechanical systems described on the drawings or required by these specifications. Furnish and install any incidental work not shown or specified which is required to provide a complete and operational system.
1.5 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Drawings are schematic and diagrammatic. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of equipment, piping, ductwork and other mechanical work. Use judgement and care to install mechanical work to fit the job conditions within the building construction and finishes, and to function properly.
B. The Contractor shall investigate the building conditions affecting the Work and shall arrange his work accordingly providing offsets, fittings, valves and accessories to fit the actual job conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible to field measure and confirm new and existing mechanical systems locations with respect to other architectural, structural, and electrical work, existing and new. Do not scale distances off of the mechanical drawings. Use actual building dimensions.
C. The drawings and specifications are complimentary each to the other. What is required by one shall be as binding as if called for by both.
D. Examine all drawings and specifications prior to bidding the Work. Report any discrepancies to the Engineer.
1.6 INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND CODES
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall comply with the latest provisions of all codes, regulations, laws and ordinances applicable to the work involved. This does not relieve the Contractor from furnishing and installing work shown or specified which may exceed the requirements of such codes, regulations laws and ordinances.
B. All materials, products, devices, fixtures forms or types of construction included in this project shall meet or exceed the published requirements of the publications listed below. These publications form a part of this specification.
1. California Building Code, 2022.
2. California Mechanical Code, 2022.
3. California Plumbing Code, 2022.
4. California Electrical Code, 2022.
5. National Fire Protection Association.
6. California Fire Code, 2022.
7. California State Fire Marshal.
8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, including CAL-OSHA.
9. California Energy Code, 2022.
10. California Green Building Standards Code, 2022.
11. State of California Code of Regulations, Title 24.
12. Other applicable state laws.
C. Nothing in the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed to permit work that does not conform these codes. When Contract Documents differ from governing codes, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 3
furnish and install to the higher standard required at no extra charge. The Contract Documents are not intended to repeat the code requirements except where necessary for clarity.
D. No material or product installed as a part of the Work shall contain asbestos in any form.
1.7 SITE EXAMINATION
A. Contractor shall examine the site, verify dimensions and locations with Drawings, check utility connection locations, and familiarize himself with the existing conditions and limitations. No extras will be allowed because of the Contractor's misunderstanding of the amount of work involved or his lack of knowledge of any site condition which may affect his work. Any apparent variance of the drawings or specifications from the existing conditions at the site shall be called to the attention of the Engineer immediately.
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND UTILITY SERVICES
A. Contractor shall pay for and obtain all permits and service required in the installation of this work.
B. Contractor shall arrange for all required inspections and will secure approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.
1.9 COORDINATION OF WORK
A. It is recognized that the contract documents are diagrammatic in showing certain physical relationships which must be established within the mechanical work, and in its interface with other work and that such establishment is the exclusive responsibility of the contractor.
B. The Contractor shall give careful consideration to the work of the General, Electrical and other contractors on the job and shall organize his work so that it will not interfere with the work of other trades. He shall consult the drawings and specifications for work of other trades for correcting information, and the pertinent drawings for details and dimensions.
C. Arrange mechanical work in a neat, well-organized manner with the piping, conduit, and similar services running parallel and/or perpendicular to primary lines of the building construction. Locate operating and control equipment properly to provide easy access, and arrange entire mechanical work with adequate access for operation and maintenance.
D. Verify the location of all equipment, and devices, etc. and if interference develops, the Owner/Engineer's decision will be final and no additional compensation will be allowed for the moving of misplaced air devices or equipment.
1.10 PROGRESS OF WORK
A. This Contractor shall organize his work so that the progress of the mechanical work will conform to the progress of the other trades, and shall complete the entire installation as soon as the conditions of the building will permit. Any cost resulting from defective or ill timed work performed under this section shall be borne by this Contractor.
1.11 STRUCTURAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 4
A. Mechanical systems and equipment shall be anchored and seismically braced in accordance with all applicable codes and industry standards.
B. Mechanical systems and equipment shall include, but are not limited to, all piping, heating and ventilating equipment, electrical and control panels, conduits and other components.
C. For all non-standard installations not detailed in one of the approved systems, the Contractor shall provide details of supports, anchorages and restraints, including attachments to building structure, with supporting calculations all stamped and signed by a licensed professional structural engineer registered in the state in which the Work is performed.
1.12 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures, for additional submittal procedures.
B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.
C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project.
D. Organize submittals in sequence according to Specification Section. Submit in bound document with tabs identifying each Specification Section. Provide a Table of Contents identifying the Specifications Sections being submitted and the contents within each tabbed section. Prepare Submittals in multiple volumes if required. Provide a complete Submittal package at one time. Do not submit individual Sections piecemeal.
E. Indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
F. Furnish, upon request, installation instructions for all equipment and materials to Inspector of Record prior to installation.
G. Maintain a copy of the fire and smoke damper installation instructions on site for use by the Inspector of Record.
1.13 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section.
B. LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. will consider requests for substitutions only within 7 days after date of Agreement.
C. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the .
D. Failure by the Contractor to order materials or equipment in a timely manner will not constitute justification for a substitution.
E. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents.
F. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 5
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent.
5. Will reimburse Owner and LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. for review or redesign services associated with reapproval by authorities including obtaining reapproval by authorities.
G. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents.
H. If excessive review, as judged by the Engineer, is required caused by complicated, numerous or repetitive requests, Contractor shall reimburse Engineer and its Consultants for such review at their standard billing rates.
I. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution.
2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer.
3. The LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. will notify in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
4. Present each substitution individually. If a proposed substitute in not found to be acceptable, then the specified item shall be supplied.
1.14 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. See Section 01700 Closeout Submittals for Operation and Maintenance Manual requirements.
B. Provide operating and maintenance instructions, diagrams and parts lists for all components of all mechanical systems and each piece of equipment furnished under these specifications.
C. Operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished for the following equipment and systems:
1. Ventilating Systems.
2. Air Conditioning Systems.
3. Piping Systems.
4. Temperature Controls Systems.
5. Motors.
6. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports.
D. Provide manufacturer's model number, design data, capacities, etc. for each piece of mechanical equipment furnished as a part of the Work.
E. The operating instructions shall include procedures for starting, stopping and emergency manual operation for all equipment and systems.
F. Provide maintenance instructions of each item of individual equipment including applicable maintenance data as recommended by the manufacturer, including frequency of lubrication, lubricants, inspections required, adjustment procedures, belt and pulley sizes, etc.
G. Provide manufacturer's parts bulletins with part numbers for each item of equipment included in the Work. Parts bulletins shall be specific to the equipment provided. Extraneous information that does not apply to the equipment provided shall be eliminated from the literature.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 6
H. Include copies of test reports (startup, check, etc.) and inspections performed for each piece of equipment provided in the Work.
I. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.
J. Provide supplier and manufacturer contacts, telephone numbers and addresses in the front portion of the operation and maintenance manual.
1.15 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. See Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures.
B. Provide red-lined drawings accurately showing location of equipment and devices and size and routing of ductwork. Include notes explaining installed condition for complete understanding.
1.16 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.
E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer.
G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement.
1.17 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Sequence installation to ensure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner.
1.18 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01700 - Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a one year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 QUALITY AND CARE
A. All materials shall be new and in perfect condition when installed unless specifically indicated otherwise. Materials shall be tested within the Continental United States by an independent, nationally recognized testing agency and shall be listed in accordance with testing agency requirements. When not otherwise specified, all material shall conform to applicable National Standards (ANSI).
B. All capacities, sizes and efficiency ratings shown on the drawing are minimum.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 7
C. Each category of material or equipment shall be of the same brand or manufacturer throughout the Work wherever possible.
D. The quality of materials and equipment to be provided is defined by the brand names, manufacturers, model and catalog numbers listed on the Drawings and in the Specifications. Contractor shall provide each item listed, of the quality specified, or equal.
E. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products in conformance with manufacturer's recommended practices as outlined in applicable Installation and Maintenance Manuals.
F. Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within their required time period.
G. Store materials in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory protection and/or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
H. Equipment which has been damaged, exposed to weather or is, in the opinion of the Engineer or Owner, otherwise unsuitable because of improper fabrication, storage or installation shall be removed and replaced by this Contractor at his expense.
2.2 ACCESS DOORS
A. Coordinate access door requirements with Section 083113. The more stringent requirements shall govern.
B. Provide access doors where access through floors, walls or ceilings is required to access mechanical, plumbing, control system components, fire dampers and fire alarm system components (such as smoke detectors, fire/smoke dampers, etc.) or other systems requiring access for maintenance, test or observation.
1. Access doors requiring hand access or access for observation only shall be 14"x14" minimum usable opening.
2. Access doors where entrance of a service person may be required shall be 24"x30" minimum usable opening.
C. Established standard: Milcor of types listed below. Other acceptable manufacturers:
Cesco, J.L. Industries, Karp, Larsen's, or equal. Comply with the following:
1. Form doors and frames of welded, ground smooth steel construction, 14 gauge for doors, 16 gauge for frames. Provide prime coat finish except for stainless steel type.
2. Concealed hinges to allow 175 degree opening.
3. Locks: flush, screw driver operated cam lock(s).
4. Provide anchoring devices suitable for the construction into which the doors are framed.
D. Application (as applicable):
1. In gypsum drywall walls and ceilings: Type DW.
2. In ceramic tile walls: Type MS (stainless steel).
3. In fire rated walls: Type Fire Rated (rating as required for wall or ceiling), self closing, 250 F in 30 min. temperature rating.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Access Doors
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 8
1. Coordinate the exact location of access doors to provide proper access to the item concealed. Obtain written approval for access door locations from Architect.
2. Coordinate installation of access doors with the trades performing the construction assemblies into which the access doors are placed.
3. Install all access doors neatly and securely, to open and close completely, and to operate freely and without binding. Install rated doors in accordance with their listing requirements.
4. Test operate all doors and make all adjustments required for satisfactory operation. Replace all damaged materials.
5. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with the requirements within this section.
B. Test all piping with no leak or loss in pressure in accordance with the requirements within this section.
3.3 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING
SYSTEMS
A. Contractor shall assign a responsible person to be an independent representative to witness testing and to sign as witness of times, pressure and losses of testing media for all hydronic piping and duct testing.
1. Test all piping as noted below with no leak or loss of pressure. Repair or replace defective piping until tests are accomplished successfully.
2. Submit to the Engineer for review a log of all tests made which shall include time, temperature, pressure, water makeup and other applicable readings, necessary to indicate the systems have been operated and tested in the manner outlined in the construction documents.
3. After producing the specified test pressure, disconnect the pressurizing source; do not introduce further pressure for the duration of the test period, repair leaky piping and retest. Repeat the procedure until the entire system is proven tight.
B. Test the following systems with the medium listed to the pressure indicated for the time period listed:
1. Hydronic Piping: Pressure=125 Psig / Medium= Water / Duration=4 Hours.
3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects:
1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.
2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.
3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.
4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.
5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor.
B. Execute cutting and patching to complete the work, to uncover work to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 9
the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit Products together to integrate with other work.
C. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition.
D. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval.
E. Restore work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
G. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Code requirements , to full thickness of the penetrated element.
H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
3.5 PRIMING AND PAINTING
A. Apply primer to all exposed ferrous metals that are not factory primed, factory finished, galvanized, stainless steel or anodized. Exposed black steel piping shall be primed and finish painted to match Architectural finsih requirements.
1. Primer shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for each specific application.
2. Acceptable Products include: Fuller O'Brien Blox-Rust Metal All Purpose Primer, equivalent Rust-Oleum product, or equal. See Section 092216 for other acceptable products.
B. Apply two coats of primer to metal surfaces of items to be insulated or jacketed, except ductwork and piping, or factory primed or finished.
C. Preparation:
1. Do not start work until surfaces to be finished are in proper condition to produce finished surfaces of uniform, satisfactory appearance.
2. Stains and Marks: Remove completely, if possible, using materials and methods recommended by coating manufacturer; seal stains and marks which cannot be completely removed using Devoe KILSTAIN primers, shellac, or other coating acceptable to paint manufacturer any marks or defects that might bleed through paint finishes.
3. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of trisodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow substrate to thoroughly dry.
4. Galvanized Surfaces:
a. Remove surface contamination and oils by solvent cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP 1 and allow to dry.
b. Apply Devoe MIRROLAC Galvanized Metal Primer in accordance with manufacturer instructions.
5. Uncoated Steel And Iron Surfaces:
a. Remove grease, rust, scale, and dust from steel and iron surfaces using solvent in accordance with SSPC-SP 1.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 10
b. Where heavy coatings of scale or contaminants are evident, hand tool clean in accordance with SSPC-SP 2 or use other approved SSPC SP method as needed.
6. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Remove loose primer and dust. Sand and feather edges to smooth surface. Clean areas with solvent and spot prime bare metal surfaces with appropriate Devoe MIRROLAC metal primer or primer recommended by manufacturer.
D. Application:
1. Apply each coat to uniform coating thickness in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, not exceeding manufacturer's specified maximum spread rate for indicated surface; thins, brush marks, roller marks, orange-peel, or other application imperfections are not permitted.
2. Allow manufacturer's specified drying time, and ensure correct coating adhesion, for each coat before applying next coat.
3. Remove dust and other foreign materials from substrate immediately prior to applying each coat.
E. Finish Painting: See Section 09900.
3.6 STARTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS/COMMISSIONING
A. Start equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions..
B. Adjust for proper operation within manufacturer's published tolerances.
C. Demonstrate proper operation of equipment to Owner's designated representative.
D. Description:
1. Comply with all start up of mechanical and electrical equipment systems as required in the various sections and herein.
2. Coordinate all testing and startup procedures with all other trades so that all nonmechanical and non-electrical work is completed and operational so that the specified testing can be performed.
E. Preliminary Work:
1. Prior to the startup, the Contractor shall ensure that the systems are ready to operate, and the following items have been completed and checked including but not limited to:
a. Proper motor and pump rotation.
b. Flushing and cleaning of the system.
c. Wiring
d. Auxiliary connections
e. Lubrication.
f. Venting.
g. Controls.
h. Installation of filters and strainers.
i. Setting of relief and safety valves .
2. All electrical testing must be completed and test results submitted before equipment startup to avoid power interruptions during mechanical equipment startup and testing.
3. The Contractor shall submit at least 10 days in advance a schedule listing the date of completion of his work as it will be ready for equipment startup of Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 11
Electrical/Mechanical equipment. This schedule shall include work on a system by system, floor by floor basis.
4. Two weeks prior to the startup of any major equipment, the Contractor shall certify in writing that the systems will be complete and ready for startup.
Completeness shall not only include physical installation of individual pieces of equipment, but all related elements of other crafts to make all equipment operate as a system.
a. The startup checklist will cover all related crafts, e.g., controls, electrical, mechanical, and a clean environment for equipment startup.
5. The Contractor shall schedule a tour with the Owner's representative and the Engineer to review startup conditions prior to equipment startup. This tour shall take place during the associated Engineer's regularly scheduled visit. This tour does not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities to properly start equipment.
The Engineer will issue a notice of deficiencies that will be required to be corrected prior to equipment startup. The Contractor will be required to reschedule a back check with the Engineer prior to attempting an equipment startup.
6. Equipment of systems should not be started until systems and associated subsystems are completed. Verify that other continuing work could not possibly damage completed systems if they are in operation. Furnish signed off prestartup check sheet.
F. Startup and Commissioning:
1. System Startup and Operation:
a. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and services necessary for the initial startup and operation of all systems and equipment furnished and installed under this section.
b. The Contractor and the factory representative shall check all equipment during initial startup to insure correct rotation, proper lubrication, adequate fluids or air flows, nonoverloading electrical characteristics, proper alignment and vibration isolation. Systems shall be checked for air and/or water flows throughout without blockages. Air handling systems shall be checked for proper damper connections and positions, aligned and adjusted belt drives, proper lubrication, temporary air filters installed, nonexcessive electrical characteristics and minimal vibration. Other miscellaneous equipment shall be started and operated as described above as applicable. Manufacturer's representative shall submit a preliminary written copy of equipment startup check sheet prior to leaving job site.
c. After initial startup and operation of systems, the Contractor shall submit a report, showing proper operation before commencement of the final "Operation Test".
d. During initial operation of the system and until substantial completion, qualified personnel shall be provided and designated for maintaining the equipment and systems in good running order. Items such as strainers, cleanouts, filter replacement, bearing lubrication, packing replacement, and other consumables shall be provided without cost to the Owner. Failure of equipment during this period due to lack of proper supervision is the responsibility of the Contractor and continued failures shall be grounds for Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 05 10 - 12
the Owner to provide such services with back charges to the Contractor.
Submit written schedule of completed maintenance to the Engineer.
G. System Acceptance:
1. General: The system installation shall be complete and tested for proper operation prior to acceptance testing "Operation Test" for the Owners authorized representative. A letter shall be submitted to the Engineer requesting system acceptance. This letter shall certify that all controls are installed and the software programs have been completely exercised for proper equipment operation.
Acceptance testing shall commence at a mutually agreeable time within ten (10) calendar days of request. When the field test procedures have been demonstrated to the Owner's representative and pass, the system will be accepted. The warranty period may begin at this time.
H. Operation Test:
1. Provide all labor, equipment, and materials required to perform test.
2. The test shall occur after all major equipment startup and balance services have been performed as specified. The purpose is to demonstrate that individual pieces of equipment and all related elements operate as one complete system and not to identify incomplete or defective work.
3. All equipment is to be run in an automatic operating position and exercised for 72 hours to verify that they perform in accordance with the specified sequence of operation and designed operation logic.
4. The Engineer's representative shall be notified and may be present for the initiation of the test.
5. A log shall be prepared by the Contractor, to be submitted to the Engineer, of all tests including, but not limited to: time, temperatures, pressures, and other readings to prove all equipment is operating as specified.
6. All temperatures, pressures, status indication, etc., shall be verified by at least one other means of measurement or visual verification of condition.
7. Change set points and simulate conditions as directed to demonstrate:
a. Ability to control to new set point.
b. Interface between systems, fire alarm/fire sprinkler systems. c. Proper sequence and operation.
d. Equipment safety systems and all automatic changeover/backup systems and alarms are functioning or will function.
8. If unsatisfactory performance or a system failure is experienced for any reason, the test shall be repeated until 72 hour consecutive hours are achieved. The Engineer's representative shall make all final decisions of a satisfactory test.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 1
SECTION 23 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Strut systems for pipe or equipment support.
B. Beam clamps.
C. Pipe hangers.
D. Pipe rollers and roller supports.
E. Pipe supports, guides, shields, and saddles.
F. Seismic bracing hardware.
G. Nonpenetrating rooftop supports for low-slope roofs.
H. Anchors and fasteners.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 2017.
B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 2023.
C. ASTM A181/A181M - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for GeneralPurpose Piping 2023.
D. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 2019.
E. ASTM A47/A47M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings 1999, with Editorial Revision (2022).
F. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 2018.
G. ASTM A395/A395M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron PressureRetaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures 1999 (Reapproved 2022).
H. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 2023.
I. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength 2023.
J. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel 2023.
K. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
L. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials 2022a, with Editorial Revision (2023).
M. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation 2018, with Amendment (2019).
N. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 2
O. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for channel (strut) framing systems, nonpenetrating rooftop supports, post-installed concrete and masonry anchors, and thermal insulated pipe supports.
C. Evaluation Reports: For products specified as requiring evaluation and recognition by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES), provide current ICC-ES evaluation reports upon request.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide required hardware to hang or support piping, equipment, or fixtures with related accessories as necessary to complete installation of mechanical work.
B. Provide hardware products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for intended purpose.
C. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable.
D. Do not use wire, chain, perforated pipe strap, or wood for permanent supports unless specifically indicated or permitted.
E. Fire Resistance: Provide hardware rated for 120 minutes resistance unless specifically indicated by the authority having jurisdiction.
F. Materials for Metal Fabricated Supports: Comply with Section 05 50 00.
1. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M unless stated otherwise.
G. Corrosion Resistance: Use corrosion-resistant metal-based materials fully compatible with exposed piping materials and suitable for the environment where installed.
1. Indoor Dry Locations: Use approved equivalent or galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated.
2. Outdoor, Damp, or Wet-Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 STRUT SYSTEMS FOR PIPE OR EQUIPMENT SUPPORT
A. Strut Channels:
1. ASTM A653/A653M galvanized steel bracket with clamps for surface mounting of piping or plumbing equipment support.
2. Channel or Bracket Kits: Include rods, brackets, end-fixed fittings, covers, clips, and other related hardware required to complete sectional trapeze section for piping or other support.
B. Hanger Rods:
1. Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated.
2. Minimum Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 3
a. Equipment Supports: 1/2 inch diameter.
b. Piping up to 4 inch: 3/8 inch diameter.
c. Piping larger than 4 inch: 1/2 inch diameter.
d. Trapeze Support for Multiple Pipes: 3/8 inch in length.
C. Channel Nuts:
1. Provide carbon steel channel nut with epoxy copper or zinc finish and long, regular, or short spring as indicated on drawings.
2.3 BEAM CLAMPS
A. MSS SP-58 types 19 through 23, 25 or 27 through 30 based on required load.
B. Provide clamps with hardened steel cup-point set screws and lock-nuts for anchoring in place.
C. Material: ASTM A395/A395M ductile iron, ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel, ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron, ASTM A181/A181M forged steel, or ASTM A283/A283M steel.
2.4 PIPE HANGERS
A. J-Hangers, Adjustable:
1. MSS SP-58 type 5, zinc-plated ASTM A1011/A1011M steel or ASTM A653/A653M carbon steel.
2. Felt-Lined: Provide for uninsulated pipe to reduce noise and prevent static issues.
B. Swivel Ring Hangers, Adjustable:
1. MSS SP-58 type 10, epoxy-painted, zinc-colored.
2. Material: ASTM A395/A395M ductile iron, ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel, ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron, ASTM A181/A181M forged steel, or ASTM A283/A283M steel.
3. Felt-Lined: Provide for uninsulated pipe to reduce noise and prevent static issues.
C. Clevis Hangers, Adjustable:
1. Copper Tube: MSS SP-58 type 1, epoxy-plated copper.
2. Felt-Lined: MSS SP-58 type 1, zinc-plated, silicone-free carbon steel.
3. Light-Duty: MSS SP-58 type 1, zinc-colored, epoxy plated.
4. Standard-Duty: MSS SP-58 type 1, zinc-colored, epoxy plated.
2.5 PIPE CLAMPS
A. Riser Clamps:
1. For insulated pipe runs, provide two bolt-type clamps designed for installation under insulation.
2. MSS SP-58 type 1 or 8, carbon steel or steel with epoxy plated, plain, stainless steel, or zinc plated finish.
3. Medium Split Horizontal Pipe Clamp: MSS SP-58 type 4, carbon steel or stainless steel with epoxy plated, plain, stainless steel, or zinc plated finish.
4. Copper Tube Pipe Clamp: MSS SP-58 type 8, epoxy plated copper.
B. Extension Split Pipe Clamp:
1. MSS SP-58 type 12, hinged split ring and yoke roller hanger with epoxy copper or plain finish.
2. Material: ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 4
3. Provide hanger rod and nuts of the same type and material for a given pipe run.
4. Provide coated or plated hangers to isolate steel hangers from dissimilar metal tube or pipe.
C. Offset Pipe Clamps: Double-leg design two-piece pipe clamp.
D. Strut Clamps:
1. Pipe Clamp: Two-piece rigid, universal, or outer diameter type, carbon steel with epoxy copper or zinc finish.
2. Cushioned Pipe or Tubing Strut Clamp: Provide strut clamp with thermoplastic elastomer cushion having dielectric strength of 670 V/mil.
E. Insulation Coupling:
1. Two bolt-type clamps designed for installation under insulation.
2. Material: Carbon steel with epoxy copper or zinc finish.
2.6 PIPE ROLLERS AND ROLLER SUPPORTS
A. MSS SP-58 type 43 based on required load, nonconductive and corrosion resistant.
B. Steel Yoke Type: MSS SP-58 type 44, vertically adjustable, nonconductive, and corrosion resistant.
C. Material: Zinc plated ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel or ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron.
2.7 PIPE SUPPORTS, GUIDES, SHIELDS, AND SADDLES
A. Dielectric Barriers: Provide between metallic supports and metallic piping and associated items of dissimilar type; acceptable dielectric barriers include rubber or plastic sheets or coatings attached securely to pipe or item.
B. Stanchions:
1. Material: Malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M; or carbon steel, ASTM A36/A36M.
2. Provide coated or plated saddles to isolate steel hangers from dissimilar metal tube or pipe.
3. For pipe runs, use stanchions of same type and material where vertical adjustment is required for stationary pipe.
C. U-Bolts:
1. MSS SP-58 type 24, carbon steel u-bolt for pipe support or anchoring.
D. Pipe Alignment Guides, Galvanized steel:
1. Pipe Sizes 8 inch and Smaller: Spider or sleeve type.
2. Pipe Sizes 10 inch and Larger: Roller type.
E. Pipe Shields for Insulated Piping:
1. MSS SP-58 type 40, ASTM A1011/A1011M steel or ASTM A653/A653M carbon steel.
2. General Construction and Requirements:
a. Surface Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84 or UL 723. b. Shields Material: UV-resistant polypropylene with glass fill. c. Maximum Insulated Pipe Outer Diameter: 12-5/8 inch.
d. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to 178 degrees F.
e. Pipe shields to be provided at hanger, support, and guide locations on pipe requiring insulation or additional support.
F. Pipe Supports:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 5
1. Material: ASTM A395/A395M ductile iron, ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel, ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron, ASTM A181/A181M forged steel, or ASTM A283/A283M steel.
2. Liquid Temperatures Up to 122 degrees F:
a. Overhead Support: MSS SP-58 types 1, 3 through 12 clamps. b. Support From Below: MSS SP-58 types 35 through 38.
3. Operating Temperatures from 122 to 446 degrees F:
a. Overhead Support: MSS SP-58 type 1 or 3 through 12 clamps with appropriate saddle of MSS SP-58 type 40 for insulated pipe. b. Roller Chair: MSS SP-58 types 41 or 43 through 46 roller chair support with appropriate saddle of MSS SP-58 type 39 for insulated pipe. c. Sliding Support: MSS SP-58 types 35 through 38.
G. Pipe Supports, Thermal Insulated:
1. General Requirements:
a. Insulated pipe supports to be provided at hanger, support, and guide locations on pipe requiring insulation or additional support.
b. Pipe insulation protection shields to be provided at the hanger points and guide locations on pipes requiring insulation as indicated on drawings. c. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/smoke developed index of 5/30, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. d. Provide pipe supports for 1/2 to 30 inch iron pipes. e. Insulation inserts to consist of rigid phenolic foam insulation surrounded by 360 degree, PVC jacketing.
2. PVC Jacket:
a. Pipe insulation protection shields to be provided with ball bearing hinge and locking seam.
b. Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F.
c. Maximum Service Temperature: 180 degrees F.
d. Moisture Vapor Transmission: 0.0071 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M.
e. Minimum Thickness: 60 mil, 0.06 inch.
2.8 SEISMIC BRACING HARDWARE
A. Cable Sway Bracing Systems:
1. Cable wire hanger with fix and release spring mechanism enclosed using zinc housing with 302 stainless steel components for pipe or equipment suspension to surface-mounted end-fixing fittings.
2. Provide cable wire and end-fixing as required to hold minimum weight of 100 lb.
B. NONPENETRATING ROOFTOP SUPPORTS FOR LOW-SLOPE ROOFS
C. Provide steel pedestals with thermoplastic or rubber base that rest on top of roofing membrane, not requiring any attachment to the roof structure and not penetrating the roofing assembly, with support fixtures as specified.
D. Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly.
E. Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer, same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 6
F. Mounting Height: Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches under supported component to top of roofing.
G. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS
H. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications.
I. Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts or expansion anchors.
J. Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors.
K. Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts.
L. Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts.
M. Steel: Use beam clamps, machine bolts, or welded threaded studs.
N. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
O. Wood: Use wood screws.
P. Plastic and lead anchors are not permitted.
Q. Powder-actuated fasteners are not permitted.
R. Hammer-driven anchors and fasteners are not permitted.
S. Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES) for compliance with applicable building code.
T. Preset Concrete Inserts: Continuous metal strut channel and spot inserts specifically designed to be cast in concrete ceilings, walls, and floors.
1. Channel Material: Use galvanized steel.
2. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of metal strut channel framing system.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICCES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable.
C. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, conduit, or other systems.
D. Unless specifically indicated or approved by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc., do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid.
E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc., do not provide support from roof deck.
F. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer.
G. Provide thermal insulated pipe supports complete with hangers and accessories. Install thermal insulated pipe supports during the installation of the piping system.
H. Equipment Support and Attachment:
1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to support equipment as required.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 7
2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out.
3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface.
4. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support.
I. Preset Concrete Inserts: Use manufacturer-provided closure strips to inhibit concrete seepage during concrete pour.
J. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
K. Remove temporary supports.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects.
B. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
C. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 - 1 SECTION 23 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Nameplates.
B. Tags.
C. Pipe markers.
D. Ceiling tacks.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 2020.
B. ASTM D709 - Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials 2017.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. List: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification.
C. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS
A. Air Handling Units: Nameplates.
B. Air Terminal Units: Nameplates.
C. Control Panels: Nameplates.
D. Dampers: Ceiling tacks, where located above lay-in ceiling.
E. Heat Transfer Equipment: Nameplates.
F. Major Control Components: Nameplates.
G. Piping: Pipe markers.
H. Pumps: Nameplates.
I. Small-sized Equipment: Tags.
J. Tanks: Nameplates.
K. Thermostats: Nameplates.
L. Valves: Tags and ceiling tacks where located above lay-in ceiling.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 - 2 B. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/aec.
2.3 NAMEPLATES
A. Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved letters.
1. Letter Color: White.
2. Letter Height: Air Handling Units, Control panels: 1 inch.
3. Letter Height: All others: 1/4 inch.
4. Background Color: Black.
5. Plastic: Comply with ASTM D709.
2.4 TAGS
A. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter.
B. Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges.
2.5 PIPE MARKERS
A. Color: Comply with ASME A13.1.
B. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. Secure to pipe using two (2) bands of adhesive tape with flow arrows supplied by the manufacturer. Install securing bands completly around pipe and overlapped.
C. Underground Plastic Pipe Markers: Bright-colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil, 0.004 inch thick, manufactured for direct burial service.
2.6 CEILING TACKS
A. Description: Steel with 3/4 inch diameter color coded head.
B. Color code as follows:
1. Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers: Red.
2. Heating/Cooling Valves: Blue.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer.
B. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain.
C. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Identify fans and filter boxes with plastic nameplates. Small devices, such as in-line pumps, may be identified with tags.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 - 3 E. Identify chilled/hot water equipment, including chillers, boilers, pumps, expansion tanks, air separators, etc. with plastic nameplates.
F. Identify air conditioning units, air handling units, heating and ventilating units, exhaust fans, pumps, heat transfer equipment, tanks, fire/smoke damper access doors, and water treatment devices with nameplates. Small devices, such as terminal units, in-line pumps, may be identified with tags.
G. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates.
H. Identify thermostats/sensors relating to fan unit and/or zone unit with nameplates.
I. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags.
J. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet (6 m) on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.
K. Locate ceiling tacks to locate valves or dampers above lay-in panel ceilings. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 1 SECTION 23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems.
B. Commissioning activities.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AABC (NSTSB) - AABC National Standards for Total System Balance, 7th Edition 2016.
B. ASHRAE Std 111 - Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems 2008, with Errata (2019).
C. NEBB (TAB) - Procedural Standard for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems 2019.
D. SMACNA (TAB) - HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 2002.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. TAB Plan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing, adjusting, and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component and include controls contractor to assist in testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. Submit plan for each phase.
1. Submit to LP Consulting Engineers, Inc..
2. Submit to the Commissioning Authority.
3. Submit four weeks prior to starting the testing, adjusting, and balancing work.
4. Include certification that the plan developer has reviewed Contract Documents, the equipment and systems, and the control system with the LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. and other installers to sufficiently understand the design intent for each system.
5. Include at least the following in the plan:
a. List of all air flow, water flow, sound level, system capacity and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures, parameters, formulas to be used.
b. List of all air flow measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures, parameters, formulas to be used. c. Completed planned test sheets listing each piece of equipment to be tested, adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. d. Single-line drawings with system test locations.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 2 e. Identification and types of measurement instruments to be used and their most recent calibration date.
f. Detailed step-by-step procedures for TAB work for each system and issue, including:
1) SA, RA, EA, OA, for each AHU.
2) Economizer proportioning and vfd speed adjustiments. 3) Rechecking.
g. Confirmation of understanding of the outside air ventilation criteria under all conditions.
h. Method of verifying and setting minimum outside air flow rate will be verified and set and for what level (total building, zone, etc.). i. Method of checking building static and exhaust fan and/or relief damper capacity.
j. Procedures for field technician logs of discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others, contract interpretation requests and lists of completed tests (scope and frequency).
C. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance.
1. Submit to LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. within 2 days after completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing.
2. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration.
3. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111.
4. Units of Measure: Report data in I-P (inch-pound) units only.
5. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC MN-1 forms, forms prepared following ASHRAE Std 111, or NEBB forms.
6. Include the following on the title page of each report:
a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency.
b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. c. Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. d. Project name.
e. Project location.
f. Project Engineer.
g. Project altitude.
h. Report date.
D. Test and balance shall be performed by an independent test and balance agency.
E. Perform total system balance in accordance with AABC MN-1, ASHRAE Std 111, or NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems.
F. TAB Agency Qualifications: Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience certified by AABC or NEBB.
G. Perform Work under supervision of AABC Certified Test and Balance Engineer or NEBB Certified Testing, Balancing and Adjusting Supervisor experienced in performance of this Work and licensed at the .
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following:
1. AABC (NSTSB), AABC National Standards for Total System Balance.
2. ASHRAE Std 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems.
3. SMACNA (TAB).
B. Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems, including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction.
C. TAB Agency Qualifications:
1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section.
2. Having minimum of three years documented experience.
3. Certified by one of the following:
a. AABC, Associated Air Balance Council: www.aabc.com/#sle; upon completion submit AABC National Performance Guaranty.
b. TABB, The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau of National Energy Management Institute: www.tabbcertified.org/#sle.
D. TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency.
3.2 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AGENCIES
A. RS Analysis Inc.; www.rsanalysis.com; (888-330-1935).
B. Mesa 3; www.mesa3.com; (408-928-3000).
C. Raglen System Balance; www.raglensystembalance.com; (775-747-0100).
3.3 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions:
1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition.
2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.
3. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters.
4. Duct systems are clean of debris.
5. Fans are rotating correctly.
6. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open.
7. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed.
8. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.
9. Air outlets are installed and connected.
10. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented.
11. Pumps are rotating correctly.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 4
12. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place.
13. Service and balance valves are open.
B. Contractor to inspect ductwork and piping systems at 60% and 90% completion to verify systems are ready for testing and balancing.
C. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance.
D. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.4 PREPARATION
A. Provide instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instruments available to LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. to facilitate spot checks during testing.
B. Provide additional balancing devices as required.
3.5 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES
A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust total airflow(s) to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design.
B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design.
C. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design.
3.6 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING
A. Field Logs: Maintain written logs including:
1. Running log of events and issues.
2. Discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others.
3. Contract interpretation requests.
4. Lists of completed tests.
B. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions.
C. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.
D. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified.
E. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.
F. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by Owner.
3.7 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE
A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude.
B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct.
C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets.
D. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 5 E. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet.
F. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions.
G. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating.
3.8 TITLE 24 TESTING
A. Complete applicable Title 24 Acceptance Testing as delineated in contract drawings.
3.9 COMMISSIONING
A. See Division 1, 22, 23 and 26 Commissioning specifications for requirements.
Coordinate all requirements with Commissioning Agent.
B. Perform prerequisites prior to starting commissioning activities.
C. Assist Commissioning Agent in field verification of test and balance report.
D. Furnish to the Commissioning Authority, upon request, any data gathered but not shown in the final TAB report.
3.10 SCOPE
A. Test, adjust, and balance the following:
1. Air Handling Units.
2. Fans.
3. Air Filters.
4. Air Inlets and Outlets.
3.11 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED
A. Electric Motors:
1. Manufacturer.
2. Model/Frame.
3. HP/BHP.
4. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load.
5. RPM.
6. Service factor.
7. Starter size, rating, heater elements.
8. Sheave Make/Size/Bore.
B. Cooling Coils:
1. Location.
2. Service.
3. Manufacturer.
4. Air flow, design and actual.
5. Entering air DB temperature, design and actual.
6. Entering air WB temperature, design and actual.
7. Leaving air DB temperature, design and actual.
8. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actual.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 - 6
9. Saturated suction temperature, design and actual.
10. Air pressure drop, design and actual.
C. Air Moving Equipment:
1. Location.
2. Manufacturer.
3. Model number.
4. Serial number.
5. Arrangement/Class/Discharge.
6. Air flow, specified and actual.
7. Return air flow, specified and actual.
8. Outside air flow, specified and actual.
9. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual.
10. Inlet pressure.
11. Discharge pressure.
12. Sheave Make/Size/Bore.
13. Number of Belts/Make/Size.
14. Fan RPM.
D. Return Air/Outside Air/Exhaust Air:
1. Identification/location.
2. Design air flow (determined by inital test)
3. Actual air flow.
4. Design return air flow (determined by inital test)
5. Actual return air flow.
6. Design outside air flow (determined by inital test)
7. Actual outside air flow.
8. Return air temperature.
9. Outside air temperature.
10. Actual mixed air temperature.
E. Duct Traverses:
1. System zone/branch.
2. Duct size.
3. Area.
4. Design velocity.
5. Design air flow.
6. Test velocity.
7. Test air flow.
8. Duct static pressure.
9. Air temperature.
10. Air correction factor.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DUCT INSULATION 23 07 13 - 1
SECTION 23 07 13
DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Duct insulation.
B. Duct liner.
C. Jacketing and accessories.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 23 31 00 - HVAC Ducts and Casings: Ductwork.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B209/B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 2021a.
B. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 2014.
C. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric) 2014.
D. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus 2021.
E. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications 2013 (Reapproved 2019).
F. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 2014 (Reapproved 2019).
G. ASTM C916 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation 2020.
H. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
I. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Gravimetric Determination of Water Vapor Transmission Rate of Materials 2022a, with Editorial Revision (2023).
J. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2020.
K. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this section.
B. The Contract Agreement, Bidding Documents and all Addenda issued prior to Contract Agreement execution form a part of these specifications and apply to all Contracts or Subcontracts relating to the mechanical systems.
C. The requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Division 23.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DUCT INSULATION 23 07 13 - 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures necessary to ensure acceptable workmanship and that installation standards will be achieved.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience.
B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labelled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness.
B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements.
B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, UL 723, ASTM E84, or UL 723.
2.2 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE
A. Manufacturer:
1. Owens-Corning Fiberglas; Model [All Service Faced Duct Wrap].
2. Knauf Insulation: www.knaufinsulation.com.
3. Johns Manville: www.jm.com/#sle.
B. Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible blanket.
1. K value: 0.36 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518.
2. Duct Application: 2" thick, 3/4 pound density.
3. Maximum Water Vapor Absorption: 5.0 percent by weight.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket:
1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film.
2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DUCT INSULATION 23 07 13 - 3
3. Secure with pressure-sensitive tape.
D. Vapor Barrier Tape:
1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure-sensitive rubber-based adhesive.
2.3 GLASS FIBER, RIGID
A. Manufacturer:
1. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com/#sle.
2. Knauf Insulation: www.knaufinsulation.com.
3. Johns Manville: www.jm.com/#sle.
4. Owens Corning Corporation: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle.
B. Insulation: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible blanket.
1. K Value: 0.24 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C518.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F.
3. Maximum Water Vapor Absorption: 5.0 percent.
4. Density: 3.0 lb/cu ft.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket:
1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film.
2. Secure with pressure-sensitive tape.
D. Vapor Barrier Tape:
1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure-sensitive rubber-based adhesive.
2.4 JACKETING AND ACCESSORIES
A. Aluminum Jacket:
1. Comply with ASTM B209/B209M, Temper H14, minimum thickness of 0.016 inch with factory-applied polyethylene and kraft paper moisture barrier on the inside surface.
2. Thickness: 0.020 inch sheet.
3. Finish: Embossed.
4. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps.
5. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die-shaped fitting covers with factory-attached protective liner.
6. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.015 inch thick aluminum.
2.5 DUCT LINER
A. Manufacturers:
1. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com/#sle.
2. Knauf Insulation: www.knaufinsulation.com.
3. Johns Manville: www.jm.com/#sle.
4. Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com.
B. Insulation: Incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C 1071; flexible blanket; impregnated surface and edges coated with acrylic polymer shown to be fungus and bacteria resistant by testing to ASTM G 21.
1. Apparent Thermal Conductivity: Maximum of 0.31 at 75 degrees F.
2. Duct Application (Indoors): 1" thick, 1-1/2 pound density.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DUCT INSULATION 23 07 13 - 4
3. Duct Application (Outdoors): 2" thick, 1-1/2 pound density.
4. Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F.
5. Acoustical Requirements
a. Sound absorption coefficients of the material (with and/or without erosion resistive coating) shall be greater than or equal to the coefficients listed in the specifications when tested under the specified conditions. b. All acoustical measurements shall be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C423 and shall be performed in the ASTM E795 mounting configuration as indicated.
c. An independent acoustical laboratory shall perform the tests. d. The sound absorption coefficient provided by the material shall meet or exceed the following values in each octave band listed:
6. Thickness, 1 inch Hz/Coefficient: 125/.05, 250/.20, 500/.65, 1k/.90, 2k/.95, 4k/.95.
C. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, welded with integral head.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Test ductwork for design pressure prior to applying insulation materials.
B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Insulated Ducts Conveying Air Below Ambient Temperature:
1. Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets.
2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket.
3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations.
4. Insulate entire system, including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints.
C. Insulated Ducts Conveying Air Above Ambient Temperature:
1. Provide with or with standard vapor barrier jacket.
2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket.
3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations.
4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints.
D. Duct and Plenum Liner Application:
1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage.
2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Liner shall start within 3 inches of the upstream transverse edges of the liner and 3 inches from the longitudinal joints, and shall be spaced at a maximum of 12 inches on center around the perimeter of the duct (except that they shall be a maximum of 12 inches from a corner break). Elsewhere, they shall be a maximum of 18 inches on center, except that they shall not be placed more than 6 inches from a longitudinal joint of the liner or 12 inches from a corner break. Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible for spacing.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DUCT INSULATION 23 07 13 - 5
3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse and longitudinal joints.
4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive.
5. Duct dimensions indicated are inside dimensions and do not include consideration for liner thickness.
3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Supply and Return Ducts: Insulate all unlined supply ducts, except ducts exposed in conditioned spaces.
B. Exterior Applications:
1. Supply and Return Ducts exposed to outdoors to be internally lined except ductwork conveying direct evaporatively cooled air.
2. Supply and Return ductwork exposed to outdoors for direct evaporatively cooling systems to be externally insulated. Cover insulation with with calked aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal duct section.
C. Supply and Return Ducts: Install lining on ductwork and plenums where shown or noted on drawings.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 23 31 00 - 1
SECTION 23 31 00
HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal ducts.
B. Air plenums and casings.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 230713 - Duct Insulation.
C. Section 23 33 00 - Air Duct Accessories.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASHRAE Std 126 - Method of Testing HVAC Air Ducts 2020.
B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 2023.
C. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar 2023.
D. ASTM B209/B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 2021a.
E. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
F. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems 2023a.
G. ASTM E2336 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Systems 2020.
H. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2024.
I. NFPA 90B - Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems 2021.
J. NFPA 91 - Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids 2020.
K. NFPA 96 - Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations 2024.
L. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2020.
M. SMACNA (KVS) - Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication and Installation Guidelines 2001.
N. UL 181 - Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
P. UL 1978 - Grease Ducts Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 23 31 00 - 2
Q. UL 2221 - Tests of Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Assemblies Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this section.
B. The Contract Agreement, Bidding Documents and all Addenda issued prior to Contract Agreement execution form a part of these specifications and apply to all Contracts or Subcontracts relating to the mechanical systems.
C. The requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Division 23.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data for duct materials.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work for all ductwork systems. Provide 1/4"=1'-0" ductwork layout plans showing duct routing, offsets, fittings, duct accessories, fire/smoke dampers, hydronic piping, seismic bracing, etc. Shop drawings shall by fully coordinated with all other trades, including the building structure, finishes, fire sprinkler piping, plumbing piping, hydronic piping and electrical systems.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience, and approved by manufacturer.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers.
B. Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide UL Class 1 ductwork, fittings, hangers, supports, and appurtenances in accordance with NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B, and SMACNA (DCS) guidelines unless stated otherwise.
B. Ductwork to be galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated.
C. Duct Sealing and Leakage in accordance with Static Pressure Class:
1. Duct Pressure Class and Material for Common Mechanical Ventilation Applications:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 23 31 00 - 3
a. Supply Air: 2 in-wc pressure class, galvanized steel. b. Outside Air Intake: 1/2 in-wc pressure class, galvanized steel. c. Return and Relief Air: 1 in-wc 2 in-wc pressure class, galvanized steel. d. General Exhaust Air: 1/2 in-wc pressure class, galvanized steel.
2. Low Pressure Service: Up to 2 in-wc:
a. Seal: Class C, apply to seal off transverse joints.
3. Low Pressure Service: From 2 in-wc to 3 in-wc:
a. Seal: Class B, apply sealing of transverse joints and longitudinal seams.
4. Medium and High Pressure Service: Above 3 in-wc:
a. Seal: Class A, apply sealing of transverse joints, longitudinal seams, and duct wall penetrations.
D. Duct Fabrication Requirements:
1. Duct and Fitting Fabrication and Support: SMACNA (DCS) including specifics for continuously welded round and oval duct fittings.
2. Use reinforced and sealed sheet-metal materials at recommended gauges for indicated operating pressures or pressure class.
3. Construct tees, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used, provide airfoil turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation.
4. Provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation when acoustical lining is indicated.
5. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream.
6. Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct outlet is smaller than louver frame, provide blank-out panels sealing louver area around duct. Use same material as duct, painted black on exterior side; seal to louver frame and duct.
7. Exposed ductwork within occupied spaces shall be 20 gauge minimum.
2.2 METAL DUCTS
A. Material Requirements:
1. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M FS Type B, with G90/Z275 coating.
2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A666, Type 304.
a. Application: Kitchen exhaust.
B. Round Spiral Duct:
1. Round spiral lock seam duct with galvanized steel outer wall.
2. Manufacturers:
a. EHG, a DMI Company: www.ehgduct.com/#sle.
b. Elgen Manufacturing Company, Inc: www.elgenmfg.com/#sle. c. Linx Industries, Inc, a DMI Company: www.li-hvac.com/#sle. d. MKT Metal Manufacturing: www.mktduct.com/#sle.
C. Connectors, Fittings, Sealants, and Miscellaneous:
1. Fittings: Manufacture with solid inner wall of perforated galvanized steel.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 23 31 00 - 4
2. Transverse Duct Connection System: SMACNA "E" rated rigid class connection, interlocking angle and duct edge connection system with sealant, gasket, cleats, and corner clips in accordance with SMACNA (DCS).
a. Manufacturers:
1) Carlisle HVAC Products: www.carlislehvac.com/#sle.
2) Ductmate Industries, Inc, a DMI Company: www.ductmate.com/#sle. 3) Elgen Manufacturing Company, Inc: www.elgenmfg.com/#sle.
3. Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew and mold resistant.
a. Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used alone or with tape, suitable for joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and recommended by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts.
b. VOC Content: Not more than 250 g/L, excluding water. c. Sealants intended for use outdoors to include UV inhibitors. d. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of zero and smoke developed index of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. e. Manufacturers:
1) Carlisle HVAC Products; Hardcast Duct-Seal 321 Indoor/Outdoor Water Based Duct Sealant: www.carlislehvac.com/#sle.
2) Design Polymerics; DP 1010 Water Based Smooth Duct Sealant, Premium Quality: www.designpoly.com/#sle.
3) Ductmate Industries, Inc, a DMI Company: www.ductmate.com/#sle.
4. Gasket Tape:
a. Provide butyl rubber gasket tape for a flexible seal between transfer duct connector (TDC), transverse duct flange (TDF), applied flange connections, and angle ring connections.
b. Manufacturers:
1) Design Polymerics; DP 1040 100 Percent Solids, High Pressure/HighVelocity Butyl Gasket Tape: www.designpoly.com/#sle. 2) Elgen Manufacturing Company, Inc; 440 Butyl Gasket
Tape: www.elgenmfg.com/#sle.
2.3 AIR PLENUMS AND CASINGS
A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) for indicated operating pressures indicated.
B. Minimum Fabrication Requirements:
1. Fabricate acoustic plenum or casing with reinforcing turned inward.
2. Provide 16-gauge, 0.059-inch sheet steel back facing and 22-gauge, 0.029-inch perforated sheet steel front facing with 3/32 inch diameter holes on 5/32 inch centers.
3. Construct panels 1 inches thick, packed with 4.5 pcf minimum glass fiber insulation media, on inverted channel of 16-gauge, 0.059-inch sheet steel.
C. Access Doors:
1. Install hinged access doors where indicated or required for access to equipment for cleaning and inspection.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 23 31 00 - 5
2. Reinforce door frames with steel angles tied to horizontal and vertical plenum supporting angles.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install, support, and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA (DCS).
B. Install products following the manufacturer's instructions.
C. Comply with safety standards NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.
D. During construction, provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering the ductwork system.
E. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream.
F. Ductwork exposed to view outdoors shall be primed and painted, color by architect.
G. Duct sizes indicated are outside dimensions. For lined ducts, duct sizes must be increased to account for lining.
H. Seal all standing seams and transverse joints in all sheetmetal ductwork with Hardcast DT tape, 4 inches wide, and Hardcast FTA-20 adhesive.
I. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities.
J. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.
K. Connect diffusers boots to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 1
SECTION 23 33 00
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Air turning devices.
B. Duct access doors.
C. Duct test holes.
D. Flexible duct connectors.
E. Volume control dampers.
F. Miscellaneous Products:
1. Damper operators.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 23 31 00 - HVAC Ducts and Casings.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AMCA 500-D - Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating 2018.
B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
C. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2024.
D. NFPA 96 - Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations 2024.
E. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2020.
F. UL 555S - Standard for Smoke Dampers Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
G. UL 1978 - Grease Ducts Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this section.
B. The Contract Agreement, Bidding Documents and all Addenda issued prior to Contract Agreement execution form a part of these specifications and apply to all Contracts or Subcontracts relating to the mechanical systems.
C. The requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Division 23.
D. Section 013300 - Submittals.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 2
B. Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers, duct access doors, duct test holes, and hardware used. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Record actual locations of access doors and test holes.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 AIR TURNING DEVICES
A. Manufacturers:
1. ProRail, Ductmate Industries, Inc.
2. Duro Dyne Corp.
B. Manufactured turning vanes with 2" single thickness curved blades set at 1-1/2" oncenter mounted in 2" vane rails, self-aligning, hot dipped galvanized steel.
C. Turning vanes, vane rails and mounting shall be constructed and installed in accordance with the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards".
2.2 DUCT ACCESS DOORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ductmate Industries, Inc, a DMI Company: www.ductmate.com/#sle.
2. Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com/#sle.
3. or equal.
B. Fabrication: Rigid and close fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quickfastening locking devices. For insulated ducts, install minimum 1-inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover.
1. High Temperature Duct Access Doors:
a. Comply with NFPA 96.
b. Comply with UL 1978.
C. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable.
2.3 DUCT TEST HOLES
A. Temporary Test Holes: Cut or drill in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps.
2.4 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS
A. Manufacturers:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 3
1. Carlisle HVAC Products: www.carlislehvac.com/#sle.
2. Ductmate Industries, Inc, a DMI Company: www.ductmate.com/#sle.
B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and as indicated.
C. Flexible Duct Connections (Indoors): Fabric crimped into metal edging strip.
1. Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz/sq yd.
a. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide.
2. Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gauge, 0.0239 inch thick galvanized steel.
D. Flexible Duct Connections (Outdoors): Fabric crimped into metal edging strip.
1. Fabric: Ventfabrics Ventlon UL listed fire-retardant duPont's Hypalon coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 26 oz per sq yd, sunlight, ozone and weather resistant.
a. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 3 inches wide.
2. Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gage thick galvanized steel.
2.5 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Nailor Industries, Inc: www.nailor.com/#sle.
2. Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com/#sle.
3. United Enertech: www.unitedenertech.com/#sle.
B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and as indicated.
C. Single Blade Dampers for Round Ductwork and Rectangular Ductwork up to 10 inches in Height: 18 gauge steel minimum.
D. Multi-Blade Damper for Rectangular Ductwork: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes 8 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware; Model CD35 Manufactured by Ruskin. Provide Ruskin Model CD50 for installation in medium pressure ductwork and/or ducts with velocities exceeding 1500 FPM.
E. End Bearings: Except in round ducts 12 inches and smaller, provide end bearings, Ventlok Model 607. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings.
F. Quadrants:
1. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers.
2. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters.
3. Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
A. Remote Balancing Damper Operator: Cable operated remote damper controller.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Young Regulator Co.; www.youngregulator.com
2. "Bowden" damper regulator with mounting bracket, hub and cable coupling.
3. "Bowden" stainless steel operating cable and control wrench. Cable to be 50 foot length standard.
4. Recessed control box with control shaft, cable coupling and cover plate.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 4
5. Provide options and accessories as needed for balancing damper.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA (DCS). See Section 23 31 00 for duct construction and pressure class.
B. Coordinate fire/smoke damper requirements with Division 26 and Division 28.
C. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide for cleaning kitchen exhaust ducts in accordance with NFPA 96 Provide minimum 14 by 14 inch size access door for hand and shoulder access, or as indicated on drawings.
D. For concealed balancing dampers only where damper is inaccessible, provide Young Regulator "Bowden" cable operated damper controller.
E. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes.
F. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, outside air and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off.
G. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23 - 1
SECTION 23 34 23
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Inline centrifugal fans and blowers.
B. Utility vent blowers.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 23 33 00 - Air Duct Accessories: Backdraft dampers.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AMCA (DIR) - (Directory of) Products Licensed Under AMCA International Certified Ratings Program 2015.
B. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook 2016.
C. AMCA 204 - Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans 2020.
D. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic Performance Rating 2016.
E. AMCA 211 - Certified Ratings Program Product Rating Manual for Fan Air Performance 2022, with Editorial Revision (2023).
F. AMCA 260 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Induced Flow Fans for Rating 2020.
G. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans 2014.
H. AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data 2022.
I. AMCA 311 - Certified Ratings Program Product Rating Manual for Fan Sound Performance 2016.
J. ANSI Z9.5 - Laboratory Ventilation 2022.
K. NFPA 91 - Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids 2020.
L. NFPA 96 - Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations 2024.
M. UL 705 - Power Ventilators Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
N. UL 762 - Outline of Investigation for Power Roof Ventilators for Restaurant Exhaust Appliances Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this section.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23 - 2
B. The Contract Agreement, Bidding Documents and all Addenda issued prior to Contract Agreement execution form a part of these specifications and apply to all Contracts or Subcontracts relating to the mechanical systems.
C. The requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Division 23.
D. Section 013300 - Submittals.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on fans and accessories, including fan curves with specified operating point plotted, power, rpm, sound power levels at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation instructions.
D. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Protect units from physical damage by storing indoors or off site until roof mounting curbs or other mountings are in place, ready for immediate installation of units.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01700 - Contract Closeout, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide a full parts warranty for one year from start-up or 18 months from shipment, whichever occurs first.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Greenheck Fan Corporation: www.greenheck.com/#sle.
B. Loren Cook Company: www.lorencook.com/#sle.
2.2 POWER VENTILATORS - GENERAL
A. Static and Dynamically Balanced: Comply with AMCA 204.
B. Performance Ratings: Comply with AMCA 210, bearing certified rating seal.
C. Sound Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, bearing certified sound ratings seal.
D. Fabrication: Comply with AMCA 99.
E. UL Compliance: UL 705, listed, labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested.
F. Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
G. Kitchen Hood Exhaust Fans: Comply with requirements of NFPA 96 and UL 762.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23 - 3
2.3 INLINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS AND BLOWERS
A. Centrifugal Fan Unit: V-belt or direct driven, with galvanized steel housing lined with acoustic insulation, resiliently-mounted motor, gravity backdraft damper in discharge.
B. Disconnect Switch: Cord and plug-in housing for thermal overload protected motor and wall mounted switch.
C. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheaves selected so required rpm gets reached with sheaves set at mid-position; fan shaft with self-aligning prelubricated ball bearings.
D. Provide flexible duct connections at inlet and outlet of fan.
E. Provide housed spring isolators for fan support.
2.4 UTILITY VENT BLOWERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Greenheck Fan Corporation: www.greenheck.com/#sle.
2. Loren Cook Company: www.lorencook.com/#sle.
B. Direct Drive Fan:
1. Fan Wheel:
a. Type: Non-overloading, backward inclined centrifugal. b. Material: Aluminum, statically and dynamically balanced.
2. Motors:
3. Housing:
a. Construct of heavy gauge aluminum including curb cap, windband, and motor compartment.
b. Rigid internal support structure.
c. One-piece fabricated or fully welded curb-cap base to windband for leak proof construction.
d. Construct drive frame assembly of heavy gauge steel, mounted on vibration isolators.
e. Provide breather tube for fresh air motor cooling and wiring.
C. Shafts and Bearings:
1. Fan Shaft:
a. Ground and polished steel with anti-corrosive coating. b. First critical speed at least 25 percent over maximum cataloged operating speed.
2. Bearings:
a. Permanently sealed or pillow block type.
b. Minimum L10 life in excess of 100,000 hours (equivalent to L50 average life of 500,000 hours), at maximum cataloged operating speed. c. 100 percent factory tested.
D. Drive Assembly:
1. Belts, pulleys, and keys oversized for a minimum of 150 percent of driven horsepower.
2. Belts: Static free and oil resistant.
3. Fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23 - 4
4. Motor pulley adjustable for final system balancing.
5. Readily accessible for maintenance.
E. Disconnect Switches:
1. Factory mounted and wired.
2. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Provide manufacturer's standard or factoryapplied gray unless otherwise indicated.
3. Positive electrical shutoff.
4. Wired from fan motor to junction box installed within motor compartment.
F. Drain Trough: Allows for single-point drainage of water, grease, and other residues.
G. Options/Accessories:
1. Automatic Belt Tensioner: Automatic device that adjusts for correct belt tension for single drives.
2. Birdscreen:
a. Provide galvanized steel construction.
3. Dampers: Provide gravity type.
4. Finishes: Factory primed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Extend ducts to roof exhausters into roof curb. Counterflash duct to roof opening.
C. Provide sheaves required for final air balance.
D. Provide speed control on direct drive fans required for final air balance.
E. Install backdraft dampers on inlet to roof exhausters.
F. Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling exhaust fans and as indicated.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00 - 1
SECTION 23 37 00
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Diffusers
B. Registers/grilles
C. Door grilles.
D. Louvers:
E. Gravity ventilators.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements. The requirements of these sections apply to this section.
B. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Painting of ducts visible behind outlets and inlets.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ADC 1062: GRD - Test Code for Grilles, Registers & Diffusers; Air Diffusion Council; 1984.
B. AMCA 500-L - Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating 2012, with Editorial Revision (2015).
C. AMCA 511 - Certified Ratings Program Product Rating Manual for Air Control Devices 2021, with Editorial Revision (2022).
D. AMCA 550 - Test Method for High Velocity Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers 2022.
E. ASHRAE Std 70 - Method of Testing the Performance of Air Outlets and Air Inlets 2023.
F. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes 2021.
G. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric) 2021.
H. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
I. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2024.
J. NFPA 90B - Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems 2021.
K. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 2012.
L. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2020.
1.4 RELATED SECTIONS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00 - 2
A. The Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including the General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements apply to this section.
B. The Contract Agreement, Bidding Documents and all Addenda issued prior to Contract Agreement execution form a part of these specifications and apply to all Contracts or Subcontracts relating to the mechanical systems.
C. The requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Division 23.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Division 1 specifications for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level.
C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70.
B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Krueger-HVAC: www.krueger-hvac.com/#sle.
B. Price Industries: www.price-hvac.com/#sle.
C. Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com/#sle.
D. Titus, a brand of Air Distribution Technologies: www.titus-hvac.com/#sle.
E. Tuttle and Bailey: www.tuttleandbailey.com/#sle.
2.2 DIFFUSERS
A. Frame: Provide surface mount, snap-in, inverted T-bar, and spline type. In plaster ceilings, provide plaster frame and ceiling frame.
B. Fabrication: Steel or aluminum with baked enamel finish.
C. Color by Architect.
D. Accessories: Provide radial opposed blade, butterfly, combination splitter, and volume control damper; removable core, sectorizing baffle, safety chain, wire guard, equalizing grid, operating rod extension, and gaskets for surface mounted diffusers with damper adjustable from diffuser face.
E. SEE DRAWINGS FOR DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS.
2.3 REGISTERS/GRILLES
A. Frame: Provide surface mount, snap-in, inverted T-bar, and spline type. In plaster ceilings, provide plaster frame and ceiling frame.
B. Fabrication: Steel or aluminum with baked enamel finish.
C. Color by Architect.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00 - 3
D. Accessories: Provide radial opposed blade, butterfly, combination splitter, and volume control damper; removable core, sectorizing baffle, safety chain, wire guard, equalizing grid, operating rod extension, and gaskets for surface mounted diffusers with damper adjustable from diffuser face.
E. SEE DRAWINGS FOR REGISTER/GRILLE SPECIFICATIONS.
2.4 DOOR GRILLES
A. Type: V-shaped louvers of 20 gauge, 0.0359 inch thick steel, 1 inch deep on 1/2 inch centers.
B. Frame: 20 gauge, 0.0359 inch steel with auxiliary frame to give finished appearance on both sides of door, with factory prime coat finish.
2.5 COMBINATION LOUVERS
A. Damper-combined, drainable louver:
B. Size: As indicated on the drawings.
C. Material: Extruded aluminum.
D. Paint Finish and Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
E. Sleeve or Flange: Factory-mounted standard.
F. Linkage: Concealed in frame.
2.6 GRAVITY VENTILATORS
A. Hood Intake and Relief Gravity Ventilator:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Greenheck Fan Corporation: www.greenheck.com/#sle.
b. Loren Cook Company: www.lorencook.com/#sle.
2. General:
a. Low silhouette for intake and relief applications with natural gravity or negative pressure system(s).
b. Performance ratings and factory testing in accordance with AMCA 511 and AMCA 550.
c. Suitable for non-ducted applications.
d. Equipment to bear permanently affixed manufacturer's nameplate listing model and serial number.
3. Hood and Base:
a. Material: Aluminum.
b. Hood Construction: Precision formed, arched panels with interlocking seams.
c. Vertical End Panels: Fully locked into hood end panels.
4. Birdscreen:
a. Fabricate in accordance with ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). b. Construction: 1/2 inch Galvanized mesh.
c. Horizontally mounted across hood intake area.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00 - 4
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Comply with SMACNA (ASMM) for flashing/counter-flashing of roof penetrations and supports for roof curbs and roof mounted equipment.
C. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to comply with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.
D. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection.
E. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of diffuser, or grille and register assembly.
F. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black, see Section 09 91 23.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 1
SECTION 26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 CONTRACT PROVISIONS
A. The requirements of this Section are in addition to the requirements of Division 1, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This section describes the requirements for the electrical work includes, among others, the furnishing and installation of the following:
1. Electrical service from the Main Switchboard to the building Distribution Panel(s) including transformer(s), conduit and trenching, conductors.
2. Power distribution system.
3. Grounding system.
4. Lighting and lighting control systems.
5. Wiring systems including power wiring to plumbing and HVAC and other misc. appliances and equipment.
6. Electrical services for Communications management system. (voice/video/media/clock) as described in Division 27 and as indicated on the drawings.
7. Electrical services for Computer data systems, as described in Division 28 and as indicated on the drawings to include outlets, raceways, and cabling.
8. Electrical services for Intrusion alarm and security systems as described in Division 28 and as indicated on the drawings.
9. Emergency egress lighting.
10. Testing and commissioning for all electrical work installed under this contract and as described in these specifications and indicated on the drawings.
B. Furnish and install all electrical equipment and systems as shown on the Drawings and as described in this Division of the Specifications to provide a complete and functional electrical installation. This work includes but is not limited to all material and labor required for installation of electrical and special systems complete as described herein this specification and drawings; and connections (and installation where not otherwise provided for) of electrical equipment furnished by others. Provide and install all items of equipment, devices, supports, etc., which are incidental to the major components shown on the Drawings or described in these Specifications.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. The meaning of words shall be as defined in the CEC Article 100, Definitions, unless defined otherwise in an individual specification section.
B. The following specification development organizations are referenced throughout the various specification sections of Division 26:
1. ADAAG – Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines.
2. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 2
3. ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
4. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.
5. CBC – California Building Code.
6. 10. CCR – California Code of Regulations Title 24 State Chapters.
7. 11. CEC – California Electrical Code.
8. 12. CFC – California Fire Code.
9. 13. CMC – California Mechanical Code.
10. 15. EIA – Electronic Industries Association.
11. 16. FCC – Federal Communications Commission.
12. 19. ICEA – Insulated Cable Engineers Association.
13. 20. IEC – International Electromechanical Commission.
14. 21. IEEE – Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers.
15. 24. ISO – International Organization for Standardization.
16. 27. NECA – National Electrical Contractors Association.
17. 28. NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturing Association.
18. 29. NETA – National Electrical Testing Association.
19. 30. NFPA – National Fire Protection Association.
20. 32. OSHA – Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
21. 34. UL – Underwriters Laboratories.
1.4 RELATED WORK INCLUDED IN OTHER DIVISIONS
A. Finish painting except factory applied finishes and repair of factory finishes shall be provided in accordance with appropriate sections of this Specification. Coordinate "painting" requirements of this Division with other trades as required to assure timely and satisfactory completion of required work. In finished areas, all exposed raceway, boxes, galvanized steel box covers (where allowed), and other electrical "structure" shall be finished to match adjacent structures. Verify that all raceway openings are closed and box covers are in place prior to finishing work done by others.
B. Examine the drawings and specification for mechanical and plumbing equipment and provide electrical installation for heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment, motors, pumps and associated motor starters and controls as described in Division 22 and Division 23.
C. Examine the Architectural drawings and specification for electrical appliances and equipment which may not be shown on the plans to include and provide electrical installations as described in the architectural division of work.
D. Examine the Architectural drawings and provide all construction necessary to maintain the integrity of the fire rated barriers.
E. Examine the Architectural drawings and coordinate with the Architect to provide access doors, whether shown on drawings or not, where floors, walls, or ceiling must be penetrated for access to electrical equipment, outlet boxes, devices, etc., and as specified in this specification.
F. Provide and install, as part of the work described in this Division, all power and control wiring fed from a source of 30 Volts or more (i.e. all wiring except temperature control wiring) for mechanical equipment described in Division 23.
G. Examine the fire sprinkler system drawings and specifications for electrical work which may not be shown on the electrical and/or fire detection and alarm plans to be included in the electrical work as necessary as described in the Division 21 fire sprinkler system.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 3
1.5 APPLICATION OF OTHER DIVISIONS
A. Where carpentry, masonry, concrete work, painting, etc., is required in the installation of equipment specified under this Division, the work shall be done in accordance with the applicable Division of these Specifications. This work could include for example:
work associated with panelboard installation, equipment pads or bases, support structures, etc.
1.6 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The information presented in these Specifications, and on the drawings, is intended to describe the utilitarian and physical aspects of the systems shown as well as the quality of the entire installation. All information is as complete and thorough as possible, but every condition or situation cannot be anticipated. Exact locations, dimensions, elevations, etc. must be determined "on the job" with careful attention to the "intent" of the Drawings and Specifications.
B. The above paragraph shall not be construed as to allow significant deviation from either the Drawings or Specifications without prior approval of the Architect, but minor changes in conduit routing or equipment locations may be required or desired due to specific conditions encountered. This work shall be accomplished in accordance with these Specifications and no "extra charges" are to be created for any unanticipated labor or material.
C. Any error or omissions of detail in either the drawings or the specifications shall not relieve the Contractor from correctly installing all materials necessary for complete and operating electrical systems.
D. Contractor shall inspect the site and verify all measurements and conditions. No extra compensation will be allowed because of differences between work shown on the drawings and measurements at the site.
1. The Drawings are diagrammatic in nature, but the locations of devices, equipment, outlets, and lighting fixtures are shown approximately where installations are intended. Architectural, structural, mechanical, audio/video, theatrical lighting and other drawings shall be examined, noting all conditions that may affect this work. Report conflicting conditions to the Architect/Engineer for adjustment before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor proceed with work without reporting the matter, he does so on his own responsibility and shall alter work if directed by the Architect/Engineer at his own expense.
E. Examine the architectural, structural, mechanical, fire sprinkler and manufacturer's drawings for various equipment in order to determine exact routing and final terminations for all conduits and cables. Conduits shall be stubbed up as near as possible to equipment enclosure.
F. All equipment shall be located and installed so that it will be readily accessible for operation and maintenance. The Owner reserves the right to require minor changes in location of outlets or equipment, prior to rough in without incurring any additional cost or changes.
G. If significant departures from the Drawings or Specifications are considered necessary by the Contractor, details of the changes and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect as within thirty days after award of contract. Prior written acceptance of the Architect is required for these departures.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 4
H. Clarification of plans and specifications for the purpose of facilitating construction, but not involving additional labor and materials, may be prepared during construction by the Architect/Engineer. Said revised plans and specifications shall become a part of the contract. The Contractor shall conform to the revised plans and specifications at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.7 CODES, STANDARDS, RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules, codes, and/or regulations and not limited to the following:
B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association, 2017 with 2019 California Electrical Code amendments
C. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code
D. NFPA 72 - Fire Alarm Code
E. Title 24 - State of California Administrative Code
F. California Building Code (CBC)
G. City or County Electrical Code as applicable.
H. Utility rules and regulations.
I. Any applicable additional codes and regulatory documents effective at the project site.
J. Nothing on the Drawings or in the Specifications shall be construed to allow work not in conformance with these rules, codes, and regulations.
1. The Drawings and/or Specifications shall take precedence where work and material described therein exceeds that required by rules, codes, or regulations.
1.8 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Follow the manufacturer's instructions when specific installation or connection details are not indicated or specified on the contract documents.
B. Notify the Architect/Engineer of conflicts between the manufacturer's instructions and installation or connection details prior to the installation of materials.
1.9 WORKMANSHIP
A. High quality workmanship shall be evidenced in the installation of all electrical equipment and materials. Use the National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of Installation" as a guide to the workmanship required. Be prepared to replace or repair any material or equipment damaged by or installed in a manner exhibiting evidence of poor workmanship.
1.10 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. Examine the Electrical Drawings and refer to the Drawings and Specifications describing other work to be accomplished. Verify and coordinate prior to bid. Continue to coordinate work planning and all work in the field to avoid conflicts, errors, and/or delays. No compensation will be allowed for extra work necessitated by lack of coordination.
1.11 AUTHORITY OF THE ARCHITECT
A. As used in this paragraph only, the word "Architect" shall mean the Architect of record or his designated representative.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 5
B. The authority of the Architect shall be absolute with respect to all performance under this Specification. In case of dispute, the decision of the Architect shall be final.
C. Where optional materials, methods, or installation techniques are allowed under the provisions of this Specification, they may be used at the discretion of the Architect. The Architect may require specific materials, methods, or techniques to be used in specific situations where use of other materials, methods, or techniques might in his judgment result in loss of aesthetics, accidental damage, life safety hazard, or loss of utility over the system design lifetime.
D. No additional charges will be allowed for work or material require to be supplied under the conditions of this paragraph unless the need for such material or work could not have been anticipated by thorough study of the site, Drawings, and Specifications and knowledge of all applicable codes, laws, and ordinances.
1.12 EXAMINATION OF THE SITE
A. The contractor is required to visit the site of construction prior to bid to determine existing conditions and their effect upon the work he will be required to perform. No additional compensation will be allowed for any extra expenses incurred by failure to detect and evaluate all existing conditions that will affect his work to be included in the bid to accomplish this contract document's goal.
1.13 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Secure all anchors for electrical equipment in a manner, which will not decrease the structural value of any structure to an unsafe level. Install all equipment, fixtures, etc. to resist seismic movements. Inform the Architect in advance and provide drawings of any proposed modifications to the structure that involves cutting or patching of concrete, masonry, steel, or wood in this project.
1.14 PERMITS, FEES, AND, INSPECTIONS
A. Obtain all permits and licenses as required and pay all fees incidental to construction.
B. Inspections required by prevailing Local Authorities, and/or ordinances, shall be coordinated and arranged by the contractor. Provide the Architect with a schedule of inspections, where applicable, and submit all certificates of inspection to the Architect.
C. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Architect and shall provide assistance at all times for the inspection of the electrical work. Remove covers, operate equipment, or perform any reasonable work, which, in the opinion of the Architect, will be necessary to determine the quality or adequacy of the work. Work shall not be closed in or covered before inspection and approval by the Architect. Cost of uncovering and making repairs where un-inspected work has been closed in shall be borne by the Contractor. If any material does not conform with these specifications the Contractor shall, within three days after being notified by the Architect, remove the materials from the premises.
1.15 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials and equipment to project site in manufacturer's original packaging with labeling showing product name, brand, model, project name, address, and Contractor's name. Store in a location as agreeable to the Owner. Secure material from weather or accidental damage.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 6
1.16 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Sequence work under provisions of Division 1.
B. Coordinate the incoming electrical, telephone and cable television services with the local serving utility companies. Install utility service trench and duct systems in accordance with the respective serving utility company requirements.
C. Coordinate hand hole locations with the existing site conditions. Hand holes are to be located approximately five feet from building or as indicated on drawings.
1.17 SHORT CIRCUIT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY A. The contractor shall provide short circuit, protective device and arc flash studies for the complete electrical distribution system. Submit to the Electrical Engineer of Record for review. Provide all short circuit device and equipment characteristic information for all electrical components. Provide Time-Current curves for all overcurrent protective devices in the submittal. Set and adjust all devices in accordance with the results of this study prior to energizing equipment. Refer to Section 26 05 73, Power Systems Studies for additional requirements.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all pertinent information necessary in order to perform the required short circuit, protective device coordination and arc flash studies to include but not limited to the following:
1. Contacting the serving power utility to obtain the available short circuit current at the project point of connection and/or secondary of the serving utility company service transformer(s).
2. Field investigation to determine the short circuit current rating for any existing electrical service and distribution equipment.
3. Electrical characteristics for all proposed new electrical service and distribution equipment.
4. The Contractor shall provide approved permanent labels for all electrical service and distribution equipment to clearly identify the available short circuit current and arc flash energy levels and required PPE (Personnel Protective Equipment).
1.18 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Instruct the Owner as to function, operation, maintenance, and adjustment of each system and piece of equipment provided.
1.19 RECORD DRAWING
A. The Contractor shall keep a separate set of Electrical Drawings at the job site to be used as RECORD Drawings. These Drawings are to be kept current and in a neat and clean condition at all times. They are to be available for inspection by the Architect or Engineer at any time during site visitations. These Drawings shall be "red lined" to indicate all changes in equipment, device, and outlet locations; and to indicate the true locations of all concealed or underground work where different from that shown on the Drawings. Each sheet of this set shall be clearly and permanently marked "RECORD DRAWINGS".
B. Upon completion of the project and prior to final payment, transfer all RECORD DRAWINGS information to the provided original drawings. All information shall be clearly drawn with “RED” ink. The drawings shall be scanned, 100% edited, and Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 7
converted into an AutoCAD “.dwg” version 2011 (or higher) electronic file. Deliver the original, final sets, and electronic files (CD) to the Architect for review and delivery to the Owner.
1.20 SPARE PARTS
A. Spare parts shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor to support the maintenance response requirements defined in this document.
B. At a minimum, the following spare parts shall be stored onsite at a location identified by the Owner’s representative. The spare parts shall be the property of the Owner. The spare parts shall be of the same type submitted and installed in the facility to include the following:
C. Lighting fixture LED driver, one for each fixture type.
D. Branch circuit panelboard circuit breaker, one for each circuit breaker type.
E. Fuses, one set of three for each fuse type and size.
F. Lighting occupancy sensors and switches, one for each sensor and switch type.
1.21 GUARANTEE
A. All electrical work, material, and equipment shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in workmanship or material for a period of two (2) year from the date of final acceptance. Repair or replace all such defects in a timely manner and any damage to the owner's property resulting from such defect or repair thereof. All equipment and material provided and all work accomplished under the requirements of this section shall be at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, all material shall be new and free from defects; it shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories where applicable. Like items shall be of the same manufacturer (except lighting fixtures - which shall be as specified).
B. Except as noted otherwise, where material of a particular manufacturer is specified, the intent is to describe the quality and function of the item. The term "...or acceptable equal" is implied. A substitution of any of these items will require that the item be presented in a submittal whether specifically listed in the "Submittals" paragraph below or not.
2.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Material submittals shall be complete and submitted all at the same time. The individual groups of submittal types (e.g.: lighting fixtures, wiring devices, distribution equipment, etc.) MUST be prefaced with a list of contents identifying each item by its project name or symbol, manufacturer, and complete catalog number. Each copy of each submittal group shall have the list of contents attached. These lists will be used to report submittal comments. The Contractor is responsible for submitting this information in a timely manner so that material may be ordered early enough to meet the construction schedule. If material is not ordered in time for whatever reason, pay such premium prices and special handling charges as are required to meet the Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 8
construction schedule. No substitution of an "accepted" item will be allowed due to failure to plan for adequate material procurement lead time.
B. Shop drawings shall be drawn to scale or completely dimensioned and shall give all information required to completely describe the item. The Contractor shall carefully check all the shop drawings for compliance with these specifications and the Plans.
C. If the shop drawings show variations from the Contract requirements because of standard shop practice or other reasons, the Contractor shall make specific mention of such variations in order that if (acceptable) suitable action may be taken for proper adjustment of the Contract. The Contractor will not be relieved of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract, even though the shop drawings have been reviewed.
D. Work requiring shop drawings shall not be started before receipt of the Architect's review and acceptance.
E. The Architect's/Engineer's review of the submitted materials, items and shop drawings are for general compliance with the plans and specifications and general design and arrangement only. Therefore, it shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the materials, items, shop drawings or schedules. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and job site conditions affecting the work, and shall be responsible for furnishing and installing the proper materials required by the Contract, whether or not indicated on the drawings and specifications.
F. As a minimum, submittals are required for the following items:
1. RACEWAY COMPONENTS
2. WIRE AND CABLE
3. WIRING DEVICES
4. PANELBOARDS
5. PULL BOXES
6. SAFETY SWITCHES, DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
7. LIGHTING FIXTURES, CONTROL SYSTEMS, PEDESTALS AND POLES
2.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Specific brand names and catalog numbers are used to describe materials in order to establish of performance and quality.
B. Only one substitution will be considered for any item. Substitute materials must be equal in quality and function to that specified. Allowance of a substitution does not permit any reduction of system performance or utility, and the Contractor is responsible for additional costs incurred due to use of a substituted item. If the proposed substitute item is "rejected", the specified item shall be provided (re-submittal required) without further discussions or delay.
C. Any Contractor's proposed substitution of material, article, or method in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer are equal to that specified will be accepted, provided the Contractor submits a single written request, in triplicate, to the Architect, with the following information for each item:
D. Name of Manufacturer or supplier.
E. Trade or brand names.
F. Type, model, style, and/or catalog number.
1. Size or capacity rating.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 9
G. After receipt of a written request from the contractor, the engineer of record will review product substitutions fourteen (14) days prior to the bid date. If system substitutions are submitted after the award of the project contract, the analysis for the whole system substitution will be charged to the contractor at senior engineer hourly rates.
H. The decision of the Architect/Engineer shall govern as to what is equal to the item specified in the plans and specifications. Equality will be judge on the basis of the following:
1. Conformance with description or performance required.
2. Equal in quality.
3. Comparable in appearance and artistic effect where these are in considerations.
4. Comparable operation, maintenance and performance.
5. Equal in longevity and service under conditions of climate and usage.
6. Conformance with space allocations and requirements for operations from in details and construction of related work.
7. Conformance with all applicable codes and regulations.
I. If the Architect/Engineer considers it necessary, tests to determine the quality of the proposed materials shall be made, at the expense of the Contractor, by an unbiased laboratory, satisfactory to the Architect.
2.4 ENCLOSURES
A. Provide enclosures suitable for the specific type of location in which they are installed.
1. Provide NEMA 1 or NEMA 12 boxes and enclosures for dry locations. Dry locations are all indoor areas that do not fall within the definitions below for wet or damp locations.
2. Provide NEMA 3R boxes and enclosures for wet locations. Wet locations are all locations exposed to weather, whether under a roof or not.
3. Provide NEMA 4 boxes and enclosures for damp locations. Damp locations are all indoor spaces wholly or partially underground or any area subject to water spray.
4. Provide NEMA 4X, stainless steel enclosures in all kitchen and wash down areas.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment shall be set square and plumb, securely mounted, adequately supported, and permanent. Provide workspace around items of electrical equipment as required by California Electrical Code (CEC). In general, equipment is to be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; but the requirements of these specifications shall take precedence where conflicts exist.
B. WIRING METHODS: The cables and conductors of all systems specified in the Specification are required to be installed in raceway.
C. Coordinate electrical work with the Owner’s representative and work of other trades to avoid conflicts, errors, delays, and unnecessary interference with operation of the facility during construction.
D. Check and coordinate the approximate locations of electrical stub-ups, light fixtures, electrical outlets, equipment, and other electrical system components shown on the Drawings for conflicts with openings, structural members, and components of other Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 10
systems and equipment having fixed locations. In the event of conflicts, notify the architect in writing. The architect’s decision shall govern. Make modifications and changes required to correct conflicts as required.
3.2 ELECTRICAL WORK FOR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER OTHER
SECTIONS
A. Install power conductors and terminate on equipment provided under other specification sections. Verify specific requirements.
B. Install and terminate electrical controls as described on the Electrical Drawings (For mechanical equipment specified in Division 23).
C. Line voltage control wiring of exhaust fans is to be accomplished under this Division. The controlling device may be specified elsewhere.
D. Provide and install all disconnect/safety switches and motor starters except those devices specified to be furnished with equipment specified elsewhere.
E. Unless provided for in another Division, install all items of electrical equipment provided by others.
F. Assist others in equipment testing to verify that wiring and connections made under this Division are correct.
3.3 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Nameplates shall be installed on all items of electrical equipment as follows:
switchboard(s) and switchboard circuit breakers, panelboards, terminal cabinets, time switches, contactors, motor control switches, wall switches (where noted on the Drawings), motor starters provided under this Division where the function is not immediately obvious, and safety switches.
B. The nameplate shall identify the item by Drawing name where applicable and describe its use or function in this installation.
C. Permanently mark all utility outlets to show source of power panel and circuit breaker number.
D. Provide nameplates per Section 26 05 53.
3.4 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavation and backfill shall be accomplished as required for installation of electrical equipment as shown on the Drawings. Restore all surfaces, roadways, walks, etc., and any existing underground structures which might be disturbed during this work to their original condition in a manner acceptable to the Architect.
B. Trenches shall be straight except where otherwise indicated. Depth shall be as noted on the Drawings and at least as required to provide the minimum cover specified by applicable codes and regulations for the equipment installed. Bottom of trench shall be smooth and free of any rock points. Place a 4" sand bed in trench if these conditions cannot be met with native material.
C. Backfill shall be clean and free of rocks and debris. Backfill is to be tamped in 6" layers to nominal 95% compaction using a mechanical tamper manufactured specifically for this purpose. In an area of engineered fill or other area of specified compaction, backfill shall be compacted to match that specified for that area.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 11
D. At a depth of 12" below finished grade and at least 6" above installed equipment, lay a 6" wide yellow warning tape on the compacted backfill for the full length of the trench.
Do not stretch the tape. Use Brady "Identoline" stating: "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRICAL LINE". Installation under building slabs is not required unless noted otherwise.
E. If at any time during a period of one-year dating from the date of final acceptance of the project, there shall be any settlement of conduit trenches, the Architect may notify the Contractor to immediately provide additional fill and to make such repairs or replacements in paving, planting, or structures, as may be deemed necessary at the Contractor's expense.
F. Cooperate and coordinate with others in planning for and execution of all trench work.
1. The Contractor is expected to exercise due care when excavating in an area of existing utilities to avoid damage to these facilities. Where it can be determined that underground facilities are likely to exist (either from the Drawings or inspection of the site), the Contractor is required to determine the exact locations of these existing installations. Damage to existing facilities, due to failure to properly accomplish the above, shall be repaired at the Contractors expense to the approval by the Architect and satisfaction of the Owner.
3.5 SEALING PENETRATIONS
A. Flash and counter flash roof and wall penetrations with equipment manufactured for the purpose and as described in other Divisions of these Specifications or as Directed by the Architect. Apply mastic as required to seal absolutely watertight.
B. Conduits penetrating floor slabs or block or concrete walls shall be grouted and sealed watertight.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Obtain the Architect's acceptance prior to cutting existing surfaces or surfaces under construction. All such surfaces must be repaired or patched to the satisfaction of the Architect.
3.7 EQUIPMENT ANCHORING
A. Seismic Withstand Requirements: Freestanding or wall-hung equipment shall be anchored in place by methods, which will meet the requirements of the applicable codes for seismic loads. The CONTRACTOR shall submit calculations in accordance with “Contractor Submittals”, for the design of the anchoring systems for all equipment, including panels, transformers, etc. in excess of 250 pounds. Calculations shall be performed, signed and stamped by a Structural Engineer or a Civil Engineer experienced in structural design and licensed in the State of California. The calculation shall provide an analysis of lateral and overturning forces and shall include a factor of safety against overturning equal to 1.5. The calculation shall also provide an analysis of both the anchoring system and the foundation or wall system to receive the anchor loads and shall show that the foundation is capable of resisting all anchor loads. Submittal shall include data on attachment hardware and methods that will satisfy withstand criteria.
B. Seismic bracing for light fixtures cable or pendant suspended from ceiling or roof structure shall be seismically braced to prevent fixture from swaying 45 degree in either direction of suspension point. Contractor shall use same cable used to suspend light Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 12
fixture. Where pendants are use the contractor shall use air craft light fixture suspension cable. Submittal shall include data on attachment hardware and methods that will satisfy withstand criteria referred to in above paragraph.
3.8 HOUSEKEEPING PADS AND FOUNDATIONS
A. Concrete work required for housekeeping pads and foundations shall be provided by General Construction Work.
B. Furnish required dimensional drawings and specify locations for all equipment pads and foundations. Minimum height of housekeeping pads shall be four inches and shall extend out six inches from the footprint of the equipment. Extend pad dimensions where required to maintain accessibility and meet all code requirements.
C. Furnish anchor bolts and sleeves, verify accuracy of installation.
D. Provide housekeeping pads for the following:
1. Outdoor switchboards.
2. Emergency and/or Stand-by generator.
3. Outdoor distribution panels.
4. Outdoor floor mounted transformers.
5. Other equipment as required or as noted on the drawings.
3.9 PROTECTION CLEANING AND REPAIRS
A. All electrical equipment shall be protected from damage or degradation during construction. Electrical equipment stored or installed shall be protected from dust, water, or damage from other sources.
B. After all other work has been accomplished, such as plastering, painting, etc., and prior to final review by the Architect; all electrical equipment, especially equipment enclosures, panelboards, switchboards, and lighting fixtures shall be thoroughly cleaned (inside and out) of all dirt, water, grease, plaster, paint, or other construction debris. All surfaces shall be clean and in "new" condition. All scratches, dents, marks, cracks, etc., shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Architect or the equipment shall be replaced at no additional cost.
3.10 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DELIVERABLES
A. Retain and safeguard all detachable and spare devices, equipment, and literature (O&M manuals, instruction books, wiring diagrams, test reports, keys, fixtures, etc.) until completion of work. At this time, all items will be delivered to the Owner as directed by the Architect.
3.11 TESTS
A. Prior to energization of equipment, check the insulation resistance of listed circuits, with a 500 volt “Megger”.
B. Take precaution during the testing period to insure the safety of personnel and equipment.
C. Test all wiring for continuity and grounds before any fixtures or equipment are connected. Where such tests indicate faulty installation or other defects, the fault(s) shall be located and repaired at the Contractor's expense. The repaired installation shall then be retested.
D. Verify rotation of all three phase motors and reconnect if necessary.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 - 13
E. Verify the resistance of the grounding electrode system(s).
F. Balance all loads on each panelboard and all other types of distribution equipment as applicable.
G. Provide all site testing under provisions of Section 26 08 13.
3.12 ADJUSTING
A. Inspect all equipment and put into good working order.
3.13 CLEANING
A. Clean work under provisions of Division 1.
B. Clean all electrical items. Fixtures and equipment shall be free of dirt, dust and other construction debris.
3.14 START UP
A. Operate all electrical systems in good working order for a period of five consecutive days at a time period agreed to by the Owner’s representative.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 05 - 1
SECTION 26 05 05
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical demolition.
B. The requirements of this Section are in addition to the requirements of Division 1 – General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional requirements for alterations work.
B. Section 02 84 00-Polychlorinate Biphenyl (PCB) Remediation: Removal of equipment and materials containing substances regulated under the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), including but not limited to those containing PCBs and mercury.
C. Section 26 05 00-Common Work Results for Electrical.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Sustainable Design Documentation: Submit certification of removal and appropriate disposal of abandoned cables containing lead stabilizers.
1.4 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. The Contractor shall furnish materials, equipment, and labor necessary to perform and complete demolition work.
B. The work includes demolition of the existing electrical system and equipment.
C. The work shall include, but not limited to. Removal of existing electrical equipment and devices, conduits, and wiring.
D. Manufactured articles, materials, equipment, and accessories shall be demolished in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications ad recommendations, and industry standards.
E. Notify the Owner’s Representative at least 72 hours prior to any electrical systems shutdown and receive approval prior to proceeding.
1.5 PROTECTION
A. It is essential that there be minimal interruption of existing systems such as power, fire protection, and other systems, in addition to the normal operations of the Owner’s facilities.
B. Take care to ensure that there will be no damage to structural elements or portions there-of-which are not to be removed. Erect and maintain temporary shoring, bracing and other means to safeguard the structural integrity of the existing building(s) and structures.
C. Erect and maintain temporary bracing, shoring, lights, barricades, signs, and other means to protect the public, workers, and other persons; finishes, and improvements to Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 05 - 2
remain; and adjoining property from damage from demolition work; all in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.
D. Protect existing structures, facilities, and plant life from damage. Items damaged as a result of demolition operations shall be repaired or replaced, at no cost to the Owner.
E. Perform demolition to provide the least interference and most protection to existing facilities and improvements to remain.
F. Demolish concrete in small sections.
G. Perform demolition as much as possible with small tools.
H. Jackhammering:
1. Jackhammering will be permitted only to a limited degree, and only with the prior written approval of the Owner.
2. Do not jackhammer within 2-inches of reinforcing or structural steel to remain; remove final 2-inches of material with chipping gun.
1.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Make new openings neat, as close as possible to profiles indicated, and only to extent necessary for new work.
B. Do not cut or alter structural members unless specifically indicated or approved, and do not damage reinforcing or structural steel to remain.
C. At concrete, masonry, paving, and other materials where edges of cuts and holes will remain exposed in the completed work, make cuts using power-sawing and coring equipment. Do not over cut at corners of cut openings – saw overruns will not be permitted. Core hole at corner of proposed openings to insert blade and chip square.
D. Upon completion of cutting and coring, clean remaining surfaces of loose particles and dust.
E. Repair and patch all holes and openings from the removed electrical equipment, outlet boxes, etc.: Coordinate with the General Contractor and Architect to include and provide finishes to match adjacent surfaces.
1.7 PIPES, DUCTS AND CONDUITS
A. Remove deactivated electrical conduits, including fasteners, connections, and other related appurtenances and accessories which would otherwise be exposed in the completed work or interfere with construction operations.
B. Unless noted otherwise, remove existing exposed conduits and abandon existing concealed conduits in walls, ceilings and underground whether shown on drawings or not.
C. Cap deactivated piping systems at point of cutoff.
1.8 DEMOLITION DEBRIS
A. All demolished equipment and associated materials must be disposed of in an approved manner and in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws.
B. Regularly remove debris from the site so that it’s presence will not delay the progress of the work.
C. Nothing removed from the site shall be stored, sold, or burned on site without the Owner’s prior written acceptance.
1.9 RECONDITIONING EXISTING SUBSTRATES
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 05 - 3
A. Clean surfaces on which new materials will be applied, removing adhesives, bitumen, and other adhering materials, as necessary to furnish acceptable substrates for new materials.
B. Perform sandblasting, chipping, grinding, acid washing, etching, and other work as required by conditions encountered and new materials involved.
C. Use of acids or other cleaning agents shall include neutralizing, washing, rinsing, and drying, as applicable.
D. Determine substrate requirements for reconditioned surfaces in cooperation with the manufacturer’s representative and installer of each new installer involved.
1.10 DISPOSAL OF FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND BALLASTS
A. All existing fluorescent lamps and ballasts shall be properly disposed or recycled according to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCTA) standards. Include all costs for disposal or recycling in the bid proposal.
1. Lamps: Dispose or recycle through “Allied Technology Group”, 47375 Freemont Blvd., Freemont, CA, 94538, (510) 490-3008 or equal.
2. Ballasts: Dispose or recycle through “Fulcircle Ballast Recyclers”, 550 Montori Court, Pleasanton, CA, 94556, (510) 417-5967 or equal.
1.11 ASBESTOS
A. In the event asbestos is found to be present in areas conflicting with electrical work, before continuation of work in these areas, notify the General Contractor and/or Owner’s Representative and if applicable, for the removal of such hazardous material by a certified asbestos contractor.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual sections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as indicated.
B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
C. Demolition drawings are based on field observation and existing record documents.
D. Report discrepancies to Architect and Owner before disturbing existing installation.
E. Report discrepancies to Electrical Engineer on Record before disturbing existing installation.
F. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings to be removed.
B. Coordinate utility service outages with utility company.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 05 - 4
C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations.
D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Minimize outage duration.
1. Obtain permission from Owner Representative at least 24 hours and receive approval before partially or completely disabling system.
2. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
3.3 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Perform work for removal and disposal of equipment and materials containing toxic substances regulated under the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) in accordance with Section 02 84 00 and applicable federal, state, and local regulations.
Applicable equipment and materials include, but are not limited to:
1. PCB-containing electrical equipment, including transformers, capacitors, and switches.
2. PCB- and DEHP-containing lighting ballasts.
3. Mercury-containing lamps and tubes, including fluorescent lamps, high intensity discharge (HID), arc lamps, ultra-violet, high pressure sodium, mercury vapor, ignitron tubes, neon, and incandescent.
B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are not removed.
F. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment.
G. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed.
H. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories.
I. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
J. Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate.
K. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified.
3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR
A. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement.
B. Luminaires: Remove existing luminaires for cleaning. Use mild detergent to clean all exterior and interior surfaces; rinse with clean water and wipe dry. Replace lamps, ballasts and broken electrical parts.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 05 - 5
END OF SECTION 260501
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 1
SECTION 26 05 19
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Scope: furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install wire and cable for a complete operable electrical system as shown on the drawings and as described in the specifications.
B. Section Includes:
1. Single conductor building wire
2. Wire and cable for 600 volts and less.
3. Wiring connectors.
4. Electrical tape.
5. Heat shrink tubing.
6. Oxide inhibiting compound.
7. Wire pulling lubricant.
8. Cable ties.
9. Firestop sleeves.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping.
B. Section 26 05 00-Common Work Results for Electrical.
C. Section 26 05 05 - Selective Demolition for Electrical: Disconnection, removal, and/or extension of existing electrical conductors and cables.
D. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Additional requirements for grounding conductors and grounding connectors.
E. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.
F. Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching: Excavating, bedding, and backfilling.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire 2013 (Reapproved 2018).
B. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft 2011 (Reapproved 2017).
C. ASTM B33 - Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes 2010, with Editorial Revision (2020).
D. ASTM B787/B787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination UnilayStranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation 2004 (Reapproved 2020).
E. ASTM B800 - Standard Specification for 8000 Series Aluminum Alloy Wire for Electrical Purposes - Annealed and Intermediate Tempers 2005 (Reapproved 2021).
F. ASTM B801 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Conductors of 8000 Series Aluminum Alloy for Subsequent Covering or Insulation 2018.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 2
G. FS A-A-59544 - Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation) 2008a (Validated 2019).
H. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
I. NEMA WC 70 - Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy 2021.
J. NETA ATS - Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021.
K. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
L. UL 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M. UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
N. UL 267 - Outline of Investigation for Wire-Pulling Compounds Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O. UL 486A-486B - Wire Connectors Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
P. UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
Q. UL 486D - Sealed Wire Connector Systems Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
R. UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
S. UL 1569 - Metal-Clad Cables Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes of raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures installed under other sections with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop.
2. Coordinate the installation of direct burial cable with other trades to avoid conflicts with piping or other potential conflicts.
3. Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide terminations suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
4. Notify Electrical Engineer of Record of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conductors and cables, including detailed information on materials, construction, ratings, listings, and available sizes, configurations, and stranding.
C. Sustainable Design Documentation: Submit manufacturer's product data on conductor and cable showing compliance with specified lead content requirements.
D. Product Data: Provide for each cable assembly type.
E. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and values obtained.
F. Design Data: Indicate voltage drop and ampacity calculations for aluminum conductors substituted for copper conductors. Include proposed modifications to raceways, boxes, wiring gutters, enclosures, etc. to accommodate substituted conductors.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 3
G. Field Quality Control Test Reports.
H. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
I. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed circuiting arrangements. Record actual routing for underground circuits.
J. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
K. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. All wire and cable shall comply with applicable standards of the Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
C. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
E. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conductors and cables in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic-insulated conductors at temperatures lower than 14 degrees F, unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions.
When installation below this temperature is unavoidable, notify the Electrical Engineer or Record and obtain direction before proceeding with work.
1.9 PROJECT CONIDTIONS
A. Existing Conditions
1. Wire and cable routing shown on the Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions.
2. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required.
B. Verify that field measurements are as shown or indicated on the Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 4
B. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated, permitted, or required.
C. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway.
D. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway.
E. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire in raceway.
F. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway.
G. Exterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THWN/THW insulation in raceway.
H. Underground Installations: Use only building wire with Type THWN/THW insulation in raceway.
I. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller.
J. Use stranded conductors for control circuits.
K. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
L. Use conductor not smaller than 14 AWG for control circuits.
M. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet.
N. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 150 feet.
O. Conductor sizes are based on copper unless indicated as aluminum or "AL".
2.2 WIRE MANUFACTURERS (LISTED IN ALPHABETICALLY ORDER ONLY AND
NOT NECESSARY BY PREFERENCE)
A. Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com.
B. Industrial Wire & Cable, Inc: www.iewc.com.
C. Southwire Company: www.southwire.com.
D. Or approved equal.
E. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.3 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Provide conductors and cables with lead content less than 300 parts per million.
D. Provide new conductors and cables manufactured not more than one year prior to installation.
E. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system.
F. Comply with NEMA WC 70.
G. Comply with FS A-A-59544 where applicable.
H. Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83.
I. Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL
44. J. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding: Also comply with Section 26 05 26.
K. Conductors and Cables Installed in Cable Tray: Listed and labeled as suitable for cable tray use.
L. Conductors and Cables Installed Where Exposed to Direct Rays of Sun: Listed and labeled as sunlight resistant.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 5
M. Conductors and Cables Installed Exposed in Spaces Used for Environmental Air (only where specifically permitted): Plenum rated, listed and labeled as suitable for use in return air plenums.
N. Conductor Material:
1. Provide copper conductors only. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable for this project. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper.
2. Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B787/B787M unless otherwise indicated.
3. Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33.
O. Minimum Conductor Size:
1. Branch Circuits: 12 AWG.
a. Exceptions:
1) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 75 feet: 10 AWG, for voltage drop. 2) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 150 feet: 8 AWG, for voltage drop. 3) 20 A, 277 V circuits longer than 150 feet: 10 AWG, for voltage drop.
2. Control Circuits: 14 AWG.
P. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
Q. Conductor Color Coding:
1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project.
2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation.
a. Conductors size 4 AWG and larger may have black insulation color coded using vinyl color coding electrical tape.
3. Color Code:
a. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Brown.
2) Phase B: Orange.
3) Phase C: Yellow.
4) Neutral/Grounded: Gray.
b. 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Phase C: Blue.
4) Neutral/Grounded: White.
c. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green.
d. Isolated Ground, All Systems: Green with yellow stripe. e. Travelers for 3-Way and 4-Way Switching: Pink.
f. For modifications or additions to existing wiring systems, comply with existing color code when existing code complies with NFPA 70 and is approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
g. For control circuits, comply with manufacturer's recommended color code.
2.4 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE
A. Manufacturers:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 6
1. Copper Building Wire:
a. Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com/#sle.
b. Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com/#sle.
c. General Cable Technologies Corporation: www.generalcable.com/#sle. d. Service Wire Co: www.servicewire.com/#sle.
e. Southwire Company: www.southwire.com/#sle.
f. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
C. Conductor Stranding:
1. Feeders and Branch Circuits:
a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid.
b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded.
2. Control Circuits: Stranded.
D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V.
E. Insulation:
1. Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or THHN/THWN-2. a. Size 4 AWG and Larger: Type XHHW-2 or THHN/THWN.
b. Installed Underground: Type XHHW-2 or THHN/THWN.
c. Fixture Wiring Within Luminaires: Type TFFN/TFN for luminaires with labeled maximum temperature of 90 degrees C; Approved suitable type for luminaires with labeled maximum temperature greater than 90 degrees C.
F. Conductor: Copper.
1. For Sizes Smaller Than 4 AWG: Copper.
2. For Sizes 4 AWG and Larger: Copper.
G. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.
H. Insulation: NFPA 70, Type THHN/THWN.
2.5 WIRING CONNECTORS
A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as applicable.
B. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: Comply with Section 26 05 26.
C. Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps:
1. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors.
2. Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors.
D. Wiring Connectors for Terminations:
1. Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations designed for terminal lugs.
2. Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified.
3. Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size, but not less than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 7
4. Provide motor pigtail connectors for connecting motor leads in order to facilitate disconnection.
5. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors where connectors are required.
6. Aluminum Conductors: Use compression connectors for all connections.
7. Stranded Conductors Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Use crimped terminals for connections to terminal screws.
8. Conductors for Control Circuits: Use crimped terminals for all connections.
E. Do not use insulation-piercing or insulation-displacement connectors designed for use with conductors without stripping insulation.
F. Do not use push-in wire connectors as a substitute for twist-on insulated spring connectors.
G. Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F for standard applications and 302 degrees F for high temperature applications; pre-filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations.
1. Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com/#sle.
b. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com/#sle. c. NSI Industries LLC: www.nsiindustries.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
H. Push-in Wire Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com/#sle. b. NSI Industries LLC: www.nsiindustries.com/#sle.
c. Wago Corporation: www.wago.us/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
I. Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type or set-screw type.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle.
b. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com/#sle.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
J. Compression Connectors: Provide circumferential type or hex type crimp configuration with prestressed insulation to equal the insulation of wire being installed. .
1. Manufacturers:
a. Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle.
b. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com/#sle.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
K. Crimped Terminals: Nylon-insulated, with insulation grip and terminal configuration suitable for connection to be made.
1. Manufacturers:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 8
a. Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle.
b. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com/#sle.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
L. Power Conductor Splicers
1. Blackburn.
2. Burndy “Hylug”.
3. Ilso.
4. O.Z. Gedney.
2.6 ACCESSORIES
A. Electrical Tape:
1. Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com/#sle.
b. Plymouth Rubber Europa: www.plymouthrubber.com/#sle. c. Or approved equal.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code indicated; listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil; resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F.
3. Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil; resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F.
4. Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) tape, complying with ASTM D4388; minimum thickness of 30 mil; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 194 degrees F and short-term 266 degrees F overload service.
5. Electrical Filler Tape: Rubber-based insulating moldable putty, minimum thickness of 125 mil; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 176 degrees F.
6. Varnished Cambric Electrical Tape: Cotton cambric fabric tape, with or without adhesive, oil-primed and coated with high-grade insulating varnish; minimum thickness of 7 mil; suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F.
7. Moisture Sealing Electrical Tape: Insulating mastic compound laminated to flexible, all-weather vinyl backing; minimum thickness of 90 mil.
B. Heat Shrink Tubing: Heavy-wall, split-resistant, with factory-applied adhesive; rated 600 V; suitable for direct burial applications; listed as complying with UL 486D.
1. Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com/#sle.
b. Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 9
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Oxide Inhibiting Compound: Listed; suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle.
b. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com/#sle. c. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
D. Wire Pulling Lubricant:
1. Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com/#sle.
b. American Polywater Corporation: www.polywater.com/#sle. c. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com/#sle. d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Listed and labeled as complying with UL 267.
3. Suitable for use with conductors/cables and associated insulation/jackets to be installed.
4. Suitable for use at installation temperature.
E. Cable Ties: Material and tensile strength rating suitable for application.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle.
b. Scotchflex.
c. Thomas & Betts.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
F. Sealing Systems for Roof Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty; suitable for cables and roofing system to be installed; designed to accommodate existing penetrations where applicable.
1. Products:
a. Menzies Metal Products; Electrical Roof Stack and Cap: www.menziesmetal.com/#sle. b. Menzies Metal Products; Electrical Retro Box: www.menziesmetal.com/#sle. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
G. Firestop Sleeves: Listed; provide as required to preserve fire resistance rating of building elements.
1. Products:
a. HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide Corporation; HydroFlame Pro Series/HydroFlame Custom Built: www.holdrite.com/#sle.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 10
A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
B. Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.
C. Verify that raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70.
D. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported.
E. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
F. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Circuiting Requirements:
1. Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
2. When circuit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required.
3. Arrange circuiting to minimize splices.
4. Include circuit lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft of location indicated.
5. Maintain separation of Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70.
6. Maintain separation of wiring for emergency systems in accordance with NFPA
70. 7. Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch circuits are indicated as separate, combining them together in a single raceway is permitted, under the following conditions:
a. Provide no more than six current-carrying conductors in a single raceway. Dedicated neutral conductors are considered current-carrying conductors.
b. Increase size of conductors as required to account for ampacity derating. c. Size raceways, boxes, etc. to accommodate conductors. d. Record any circuit changes on record drawings.
8. Common Neutrals: Sharing of neutral/grounded conductors among branch circuits is not permitted.
9. Provide oversized neutral/grounded conductors where indicated and as specified below.
a. Provide 200 percent rated neutral for feeders fed from K-rated transformers. b. Provide 200 percent rated neutral for feeders serving panelboards with 200 percent rated neutral bus.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
D. Install metal-clad cable (Type MC) in accordance with NECA 120.
E. Installation in Raceway:
1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 11
2. Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time.
3. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure.
4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not recommended by the manufacturer.
F. Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same manner.
G. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems.
1. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conductors and cables to lay on ceiling tiles.
2. Installation in Vertical Raceways: Provide supports where vertical rise exceeds permissible limits.
H. Terminate cables using suitable fittings.
1. Metal-Clad Cable (Type MC):
a. Use listed fittings.
b. Cut cable armor only using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors or insulation. Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor. c. Do not use direct-bearing set-screw type fittings for cables with aluminum armor.
I. Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches of slack at each outlet.
J. Where conductors are installed in enclosures for future termination by others, provide a minimum of 5 feet of slack.
K. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other equipment enclosures.
L. Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70.
M. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors.
1. Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into raceways or make splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters.
2. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors.
3. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector.
4. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion, oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces.
5. Connections for Aluminum Conductors: Fill connectors with oxide inhibiting compound where not pre-filled by manufacturer.
6. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
7. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 12
N. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced conductors.
1. Dry Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing.
a. For taped connections, first apply adequate amount of rubber splicing electrical tape or electrical filler tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating electrical tape.
b. For taped connections likely to require re-entering, including motor leads, first apply varnished cambric electrical tape, followed by adequate amount of rubber splicing electrical tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating electrical tape.
2. Damp Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing.
a. For connections with insulating covers, apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape.
b. For taped connections, follow same procedure as for dry locations but apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape.
3. Wet Locations: Use heat shrink tubing.
O. Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape.
P. Field-Applied Color Coding: Where vinyl color coding electrical tape is used in lieu of integrally colored insulation as permitted in Part 2 under "Color Coding", apply half overlapping turns of tape at each termination and at each location conductors are accessible.
Q. Identify conductors and cables in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
R. Color Code Legend: Provide identification label identifying color code for ungrounded conductors at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system.
S. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00.
T. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system.
U. Install wire and cable securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
V. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions.
1. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned.
2. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing and lengths required.
3. Include wire and cable of lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft of location shown.
W. Use wiring methods indicated.
X. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.
Y. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger.
Z. Protect exposed cable from damage.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES 26 05 19 - 13
AA. Support cables above accessible ceiling, using spring metal clips or metal cable ties to support cables from structure or ceiling suspension system. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels.
BB. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.
CC. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
DD. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors.
EE. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise.
FF. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor.
GG. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller.
HH. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller.
II. Trench and backfill for direct burial cable installation as specified in Section 31 2316.13. Install warning tape along entire length of direct burial cable, within 3 inches of grade, as specified in Section 26 0553.
JJ. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 26 0553. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect wire for physical damage and proper connections.
C. Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with manufacturer’s values.
D. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01 4000.
E. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
F. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.2. The insulation resistance test is required for all conductors. The resistance test for parallel conductors listed as optional is not required.
1. Disconnect surge protective devices (SPDs) prior to performing any high potential testing. Replace SPDs damaged by performing high potential testing with SPDs connected.
G. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables.
H. Perform field inspection
I. Megger test and record all feeder conductors.
1. Replace conductors failing test.
2. Test replaced conductors in same manner.
END OF SECTION 260519
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 1 SECTION 26 05 26
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Scope: provide a complete grounding and bonding system as shown on the electrical drawings and as described in the specifications such that the entire raceway system including all equipment enclosures, data racks, telephone backboards and cabinets, fixtures, and outlets, etc. are effectively connected to ground.
B. Grounding and bonding requirements.
C. Section includes:
1. Materials and methods for grounding systems and equipment.
2. Grounding electrodes and conductors.
3. Equipment ground conductors.
4. Bonding
5. Grounding well.
6. Ground bars.
7. Chemically enhanced ground electrodes.
8. Ground plate electrodes.
D. Connectors for grounding and bonding.
E. Ground bars.
F. Ground rod electrodes.
G. Chemically-enhanced ground electrodes.
H. Ground enhancement material.
I. Ground access wells.
J. Pre-fabricated signal reference grids.
K. Provide all components necessary to complete the grounding system(s) consisting of:
1. Existing metal underground water pipe.
2. Metal underground water pipe.
3. Metal frame of the building.
4. Concrete-encased electrode.
5. Existing metal underground gas piping system.
6. Metal underground gas piping system.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 00-Common Work Results for Electrical.
B. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Additional requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding, including conductor color coding.
1. Includes oxide inhibiting compound.
C. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 2 D. Section 26 56 00 - Exterior Lighting: Additional grounding and bonding requirements for pole-mounted luminaires.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. IEEE 81 - IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System 2012.
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
C. NEMA GR 1 - Grounding Rod Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings 2022.
D. NETA ATS - Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
F. NFPA 780 - Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems 2023.
G. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Verify exact locations of underground metal water service pipe entrances to building.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide steel reinforcement complying with specified requirements for concrete-encased electrode.
3. Notify Electrical Engineer of Record of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not install ground rod electrodes until final backfill and compaction is complete.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Grounding System Resistance:
1. Building grounding electrode: 10 ohms.
2. Separately Derived Sources Grounding Electrode: 10 ohms
3. Non-current carrying metal parts: 25 ohms
4. Grounds not covered above: 25 ohms
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding and bonding system components.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate proposed arrangement for signal reference grids. Include locations of items to be bonded and methods of connection.
D. Product Data: Provide for grounding electrodes and connections.
E. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 3 F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
G. Field quality control test reports.
H. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of grounding electrode system components and connections.
I. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes.
J. Certificate of Compliance: Indicate approval of installation by authority having jurisdiction.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
D. Installer Qualifications for Signal Reference Grids: Company with minimum five years documented experience with high frequency grounding systems.
E. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion, integrity and continuity are verified, and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
B. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors, connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system.
D. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
E. Grounding System Resistance:
1. Achieve specified grounding system resistance under normally dry conditions unless otherwise approved by Electrical Engineer of Record. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions.
2. Grounding Electrode System: Not greater than 5 ohms to ground, when tested according to IEEE 81 using "fall-of-potential" method.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 4
3. Between Grounding Electrode System and Major Electrical Equipment Frames, System Neutral, and Derived Neutral Points: Not greater than 0.5 ohms, when tested using "point-to-point" methods.
F. Grounding Electrode System:
1. Provide connection to required and supplemental grounding electrodes indicated to form grounding electrode system.
a. Provide continuous grounding electrode conductors without splice or joint. b. Install grounding electrode conductors in raceway where exposed to physical damage. Bond grounding electrode conductor to metallic raceways at each end with bonding jumper.
2. Metal Underground Water Pipe(s):
a. Provide connection to underground metal domestic and fire protection (where present) water service pipe(s) that are in direct contact with earth for at least 10 feet at an accessible location not more than 5 feet from the point of entrance to the building.
b. Provide bonding jumper(s) around insulating joints/pipes as required to make pipe electrically continuous.
c. Provide bonding jumper around water meter of sufficient length to permit removal of meter without disconnecting jumper.
3. Metal In-Ground Support Structure:
a. Provide connection to metal in-ground support structure that is in direct contact with earth in accordance with NFPA 70.
4. Concrete-Encased Electrode:
a. Provide connection to concrete-encased electrode consisting of not less than 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than 4 AWG embedded within concrete foundation or footing that is in direct contact with earth in accordance with NFPA 70.
5. Ground Rod Electrode(s):
a. Provide three electrodes in an equilateral triangle configuration unless otherwise indicated or required.
b. Space electrodes not less than 10 feet from each other and any other ground electrode.
c. Where location is not indicated, locate electrode(s) at least 5 feet outside building perimeter foundation as near as possible to electrical service entrance; where possible, locate in softscape (uncovered) area. d. Provide ground enhancement material around electrode where indicated. e. Provide ground access well for each electrode.
6. Provide additional ground electrode(s) as required to achieve specified grounding electrode system resistance.
7. Ground Bar: Provide ground bar, separate from service equipment enclosure, for common connection point of grounding electrode system bonding jumpers as permitted in NFPA 70. Connect grounding electrode conductor provided for service-supplied system grounding to this ground bar.
a. Ground Bar Size: 1/4 by 4 by 12 inches unless otherwise indicated or required.
b. Where ground bar location is not indicated, locate in accessible location as near as possible to service disconnect enclosure.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 5 c. Ground Bar Mounting Height: 18 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated.
8. Ground Riser: Provide common grounding electrode conductor not less than 3/0 AWG for tap connections to multiple separately derived systems as permitted in NFPA 70.
G. Grounding for Separate Building or Structure Supplied by Feeder(s) or Branch Circuits:
1. Provide grounding electrode system for each separate building or structure.
2. Provide equipment grounding conductor routed with supply conductors.
3. For each disconnecting means, provide grounding electrode conductor to connect equipment ground bus to grounding electrode system.
4. Do not make any connections and remove any factory-installed jumpers between neutral (grounded) conductors and ground.
H. Separately Derived System Grounding:
1. Separately derived systems include, but are not limited to:
a. Transformers (except autotransformers such as buck-boost transformers). b. Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS), when configured as separately derived systems.
c. Generators, when neutral is switched in the transfer switch.
2. Provide grounding electrode conductor to connect derived system grounded conductor to common grounding electrode conductor ground riser. Unless otherwise indicated, make connection at neutral (grounded) bus in source enclosure.
3. Provide bonding jumper to connect derived system grounded conductor to nearest metal building frame and nearest metal water piping in the area served by the derived system, where not already used as a grounding electrode for the derived system. Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection.
4. Where common grounding electrode conductor ground riser is used for tap connections to multiple separately derived systems, provide bonding jumper to connect the metal building frame and metal water piping in the area served by the derived system to the common grounding electrode conductor.
5. Outdoor Source: Where the source of the separately derived system is located outside the building or structure supplied, provide connection to grounding electrode at source in accordance with NFPA 70.
6. Provide system bonding jumper to connect system grounded conductor to equipment ground bus. Make connection at same location as grounding electrode conductor connection. Do not make any other connections between neutral (grounded) conductors and ground on load side of separately derived system disconnect.
7. Where the source and first disconnecting means are in separate enclosures, provide supply-side bonding jumper between source and first disconnecting means.
I. Bonding and Equipment Grounding:
1. Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses, metallic equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding terminals, and other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 6 electrical conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with NFPA 70.
2. Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor.
3. Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70.
4. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.
5. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or isolated/insulated ground bus.
6. Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to accommodate conduit movement.
7. Provide bonding for interior metal piping systems in accordance with NFPA 70.
This includes, but is not limited to:
a. Metal water piping where not already effectively bonded to metal underground water pipe used as grounding electrode.
b. Metal gas piping.
c. Metal process piping.
8. Provide bonding for interior metal air ducts.
9. Provide bonding for metal building frame.
10. Provide bonding for metal siding not effectively bonded through attachment to metal building frame.
11. Provide bonding and equipment grounding for pools and fountains and associated equipment in accordance with NFPA 70.
12. Provide redundant grounding and bonding for patient care areas of health care facilities in accordance with NFPA 70 and NFPA 99.
J. Communications Systems Grounding and Bonding:
1. Provide intersystem bonding termination at service equipment or metering equipment enclosure and at disconnecting means for any additional buildings or structures in accordance with NFPA 70.
2. Provide bonding jumper in raceway from intersystem bonding termination to each communications room or backboard and provide ground bar for termination. a. Bonding Jumper Size: 6 AWG, unless otherwise indicated or required. b. Raceway Size: 3/4 inch trade size unless otherwise indicated or required. c. Ground Bar Size: 1/4 by 2 by 12 inches unless otherwise indicated or required.
d. Ground Bar Mounting Height: 18 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable.
B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 05 26:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 7
1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a. Exceptions:
1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth.
2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway).
2. Factory Pre-fabricated Bonding Jumpers: Furnished with factory-installed ferrules; size braided cables to provide equivalent gauge of specified conductors.
C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding:
1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground, concealed and other inaccessible connections.
a. Exceptions:
1) Use mechanical connectors for connections to electrodes at ground access wells.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors for accessible connections. a. Exceptions:
1) Use exothermic welded connections for connections to metal building frame.
4. Manufacturers - Mechanical and Compression Connectors:
a. Advanced Lightning Technology (ALT): www.altfab.com/#sle. b. Burndy LLC: www.burndy.com/#sle.
c. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
d. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle.
e. Or approved equal.
f. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
5. Manufacturers - Exothermic Welded Connections:
a. Burndy LLC; ______: www.burndy.com/#sle.
b. ThermOweld, subsidiary of Continental Industries; division of Burndy LLC; __________: www.thermoweld.com/#sle.
c. Or approved equal.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
D. Ground Bars:
1. Description: Copper rectangular ground bars with mounting brackets and insulators.
2. Size: As indicated.
3. Holes for Connections: As indicated or as required for connections to be made.
4. Manufacturers:
a. Advanced Lightning Technology (ALT): www.altfab.com/#sle. b. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
c. ThermOweld, subsidiary of Continental Industries; division of Burndy LLC:
www.thermoweld.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 8 E. Ground Rod Electrodes:
1. Comply with NEMA GR 1.
2. Material: Copper-bonded (copper-clad) steel.
3. Size: 3/4 inch diameter by 10 feet length, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Where rod lengths of greater than 10 feet are indicated or otherwise required, sectionalized ground rods may be used.
5. Manufacturers:
a. Advanced Lightning Technology (ALT): www.altfab.com/#sle. b. Galvan Industries, Inc: www.galvanelectrical.com/#sle. c. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
F. Chemically-Enhanced Ground Electrodes:
1. Description: Copper tube factory-filled with electrolytic salts designed to provide a low-impedance ground in locations with high soil resistivity; straight (for vertical installations) or L-shaped (for horizontal installations) as indicated or as required.
2. Length: 10 feet.
3. Integral Pigtail: Factory-attached, sized not less than grounding electrode conductor to be attached.
4. Backfill Material: Grounding enhancement material recommended by electrode manufacturer.
5. Manufacturers:
a. Advanced Lightning Technology (ALT): www.altfab.com/#sle. b. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
c. ThermOweld, subsidiary of Continental Industries; division of Burndy LLC:
www.thermoweld.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
G. Ground Enhancement Material:
1. Description: Factory-mixed conductive material designed for permanent and maintenance-free improvement of grounding effectiveness by lowering resistivity.
2. Resistivity: Not more than 20 ohm-cm in final installed form.
3. Manufacturers:
a. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
b. ThermOweld, subsidiary of Continental Industries; division of Burndy LLC:
www.thermoweld.com/#sle.
c. Or approved equal.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
H. Ground Access Wells:
1. Description: Open bottom round or rectangular well with access cover for testing and inspection; suitable for the expected load at the installed location. a. Areas Exposed to Vehicular Traffic: Rated for not less than 2000 pounds vertical design load.
2. Size: As required to provide adequate access for testing and inspection, but not less than minimum size requirements specified.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 9 a. Round Wells: Not less than 8 inches in diameter.
b. Rectangular Wells: Not less than 12 by 12 inches.
3. Depth: As required to extend below frost line to prevent frost upheaval, but not less than 10 inches.
4. Cover: Factory-identified by permanent means with word "GROUND".
5. Manufacturers:
a. Advanced Lightning Technology (ALT): www.altfab.com/#sle. b. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com/#sle.
c. ThermOweld, subsidiary of Continental Industries; division of Burndy LLC:
www.thermoweld.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
I. Oxide Inhibiting Compound: Comply with Section 26 05 19.
2.3 MANUFACTURERS
A. Cooper Power Systems: www.cooperpower.com.
B. Framatome Connectors International: www.fciconnect.com.
C. Or approved equal.
D. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.4 ELECTRODES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Cooper Power Systems: www.cooperpower.com.
2. Framatome Connectors International: www.fciconnect.com.
3. Or approved equal.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
B. Rod Electrodes: Copper.
1. Diameter: 3/4 inch.
2. Length: 10 feet.
C. Foundation Electrodes: 3/0 AWG. unless noted on plan.
2.5 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Mechanical Connectors: Bronze.
B. Exothermic Connections: Weld
C. Wire: Stranded copper.
D. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements.
E. Grounding Well:
1. Well Pipe: 8 inch by 24 inch long clay tile pipe with belled end.
2. Well Cover: Cast iron with legend "GROUND" embossed on cover.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 10 B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
D. Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work.
E. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C. Ground Electrodes: Provide a grounding electrode system in the main electrical room/space of each building as follows:
1. Provide a 2-inch x 1/4-inch copper ground bar. Length shall be a minimum of 12 inches but longer as required for the number of connections made to the bar. This bar shall serve as the connection point for all grounding electrodes in the building.
Install the copper ground bar in a NEMA 1 screw cover cabinet, minimum size 18 inches x 12 inches x 6 inches.
2. Connect the copper ground bar to the underground metal pipe (other than gas). a. Connect to metal pipe with approved pipe clamp near the pressure reducing valve.
b. Connect to ground bar with exothermic weld.
c. Connect to metal pipe with copper clamp where copper water pipe occurs and with a malleable iron clamp where cast iron pipe occurs. d. Install grounding conductor, sized as indicated on plans, in a 3/4-inch metal conduit from the ground cabinet to the water pipe. Provide grounding bushings at each end of the conduit.
3. Connect the copper ground bar to the metal frame of the building. a. At all steel framed buildings, provide a connection to the closest column. b. Connect to column with exothermic weld.
c. Connect to the ground bar with exothermic weld or bolted-type connector. d. Install grounding conductor, sized as indicated on the plans, in a 3/4-inch metal conduit from the ground cabinet to the column. Provide grounding bushing at each end of the conduit.
4. Connect the copper ground bar to a concrete-encased electrode/Ufer. a. Install a minimum of 20 feet of #3/0 AWG conductor (minimum unless noted otherwise) encased in a minimum of 3 inches of concrete. Provide a nonmetallic protective sleeve, minimum 6 inches long (3 inches in the concrete and 3 inches out of the concrete), located where the conductor exits the concrete.
b. Install a #3/0 conductor from the ground bar to the concrete-encased electrode in a 3/4-inch metal conduit with grounding bushings. Make connections to the concrete-encased electrode with a bolted-type connector and transition from the metal conduit and non-metallic sleeve. c. Connect to the ground bar with exothermic weld or bolted-type connector.
5. Provide additional ground rod or concrete-encased electrodes as required to meet the performance requirements listed in these specifications at the ground bar. a. Install additional ground rods a minimum of 5 feet from any other rod.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 11 b. Notify the Owner’s Representative if performance requirements have not been met after installing 2 additional ground rods or concrete-encased electrodes.
6. Install other grounding electrodes as indicated on the single line diagram and other Contract Documents.
D. Bonding
1. Provide bonding to meet requirements of CEC.
2. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure, bond to ground.
3. Bond prefabricated metal building to grounding electrode system at a minimum of one location.
4. Bond together all metallic conduit, boxes, cabinets, and enclosures.
E. Grounding Conductors
1. Provide grounding conductor for each branch circuit indicated.
2. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder circuit raceway and within each motor feeder raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing.
3. Provide separate, isolated grounding conductor for each circuit which is installed (all or in part) in non-metallic conduit.
4. Provide separate grounding conductor for circuits installed in flexible steel conduit. Terminate each end on a suitable lug, bus or bushing.
5. Ground all conduit systems, cabinets, equipment, motor frames, etc., in accordance with CEC and applicable codes.
F. Grounding Connections
1. Ground shields of shielded power cable and signal cable at each splice or termination in accordance with recommendations of the splice or termination manufacturer.
2. Ground metal sheathing and exposed metal vertical structural elements of buildings. Ground metal fences enclosing electrical equipment. Bond any metal equipment platforms which support electrical equipment to that equipment.
Provide good electrical contact between metal frames and railings supporting pushbutton stations, receptacles, instrument cabinets, etc., and raceways carrying circuits to these devices.
3. Ground all fencing as shown on the grounding details on the Drawings.
4. Bond neutrals of transformers within buildings to the system ground network, and to additional indicated grounding electrodes.
5. Unless shown otherwise, make connections of grounding conductors to ground rods at the upper end of the rod with the end of the rod and the connection point below finished grade.
6. Make connections of sections of outdoor ground mats (counterpoise) for substations or other equipment underground. Make connections of other grounding conductors generally accessible.
7. In manhole pull boxes, install ground rods with ends 4 to 6 inches above the floor with connections of grounding conductors fully visible and accessible.
8. When making thermite welds, wire brush or file the point of contact to a bare metal surface. Use thermite welding cartridges and molds in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. After welds have been made and cooled, brush slag from the weld area and thoroughly clean the joint. Re-galvanize area if Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 12 required. For compression connectors, use homogeneous copper, anti-corrosion, surface treatment compound at connectors in accordance with connector manufacturer’s recommendations. Use connectors of proper size for conductors and ground rods specified. Use connector manufacturer’s compression tool.
Notify the Owner’s Representative prior to backfilling any ground connections.
9. Grounding pad plates shall be cast into the slab with the surface flush with the finished floor.
G. Ground Rod Electrodes: Unless otherwise indicated, install ground rod electrodes vertically. Where encountered rock prohibits vertical installation, install at 45 degree angle or bury horizontally in trench at least 30 inches (750 mm) deep in accordance with NFPA 70 or provide ground plates.
1. Outdoor Installations: Unless otherwise indicated, install with top of rod 6 inches below finished grade.
2. Indoor Installations: Unless otherwise indicated, install with 4 inches of top of rod exposed.
3. Provide ground well for future access to rod electrodes.
H. Ground Plate Electrodes: Unless otherwise indicated, install ground plate electrodes at a depth of not less than 30 inches.
I. Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors.
1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector.
2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and contact surfaces.
3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies.
J. Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 05
53. K. Install ground electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground.
L. Provide grounding well pipe with cover at each rod location. Install well pipe top flush with finished grade.
M. Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing . Bond steel together.
N. Provide bonding to meet requirements described in Quality Assurance.
O. Provide isolated grounding conductor for circuits supplying electronic cash registers and other similar electronic equipment loads. .
P. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 - 13 C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13.
D. Site Tests:
1. Test under provisions of Section 26 08 13.
2. Notify the Owner’s Representative five days before inspection and testing.
3. Use suitable test instruments to measure resistance to ground of systems. Perform testing in accordance with test instrument manufacturer’s recommendations using the fall-of-potential method.
4. Remove main bonding jumper at main service switchboard and at each separately derived system and test for infinite resistance between neutral and ground systems. Reconnect bonding jumper(s) after completion of testing.
5. Record test results in accordance with Section 26 05 00 and submit.
E. Perform ground electrode resistance tests under normally dry conditions. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions.
F. Investigate and correct deficiencies where measured ground resistances do not comply with specified requirements.
G. Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results and corrective actions taken.
END OF SECTION 260526
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 1 SECTION 26 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Support and attachment requirements and components for equipment, conduit, cable, boxes, and other electrical work.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads.
B. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications: Materials and requirements for fabricated metal supports.
C. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.
D. Section 26 05 33.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for conduits.
E. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for boxes.
F. Section 26 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.
G. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting: Additional support and attachment requirements for interior luminaires.
H. Section 26 56 00 - Exterior Lighting: Additional support and attachment requirements for exterior luminaires.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 2017.
B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 2023.
C. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel 2023.
D. ASTM D635 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position 2022.
E. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2023b.
F. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication 2004.
G. ICC-ES AC01 - Acceptance Criteria for Expansion Anchors in Masonry Elements; 2009.
H. ICC-ES AC106 - Acceptance Criteria for Predrilled Fasteners (Screw Anchors) in Masonry Elements; 2006
I. ICC-ES AC193 - Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements; 2010
J. ICC-ES AC308 - Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Elements; 2009.
K. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 2 L. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
M. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
N. UL 5B - Strut-Type Channel Raceways and Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with actual equipment and components to be installed.
2. Coordinate work to provide additional framing and materials required for installation.
3. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at installed locations.
4. Coordinate arrangement of supports with ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts.
5. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has cured; see Section 03 30 00.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for channel/strut framing systems, nonpenetrating rooftop supports, and post-installed concrete/masonry anchors.
1. Fiberglass Channel/Strut Framing Systems: Include requirements for strength derating according to ambient temperature.
C. Shop Drawings: Include details for fabricated hangers and supports where materials or methods other than those indicated are proposed for substitution.
D. Design Data
1. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods.
2. Submit seismic and structural calculations for proposed methods of support and attachment.
E. Derating Calculations for Fiberglass Channel/Strut Framing Systems: Indicate load ratings adjusted for applicable service conditions.
F. Evaluation Reports: For products specified as requiring evaluation and recognition by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES), provide current ICC-ES evaluation reports upon request.
G. Installer's qualification statement.
H. Product Data: Provide manufacturer’s catalog data for fastening systems.
I. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 3
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Maintain at project site one copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.
C. Installer Qualifications for Field Welding: See Section 05 50 00.
D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Organization recognized by OSHA as Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Comply with the following. Where requirements differ, comply with most stringent.
a. NFPA 70.
b. Applicable building code.
c. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and hardware as necessary for complete installation of electrical work.
3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for purpose intended, where applicable.
4. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported with a minimum safety factor of 25%. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable.
5. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
6. Do not use wire, chain, perforated pipe strap, or wood for permanent supports unless specifically indicated or permitted.
7. Steel Components: Use corrosion-resistant materials suitable for environment where installed.
a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated.
b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. c. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. d. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M.
B. Components for Vibration Isolation and/or Seismic Controls: See Section 26 05 48.
C. Materials for Metal Fabricated Supports: See Section 05 50 00.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 4 D. Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps and clamps suitable for conduit or cable to be supported.
1. Manufacturers:
a. ABB: www.electrification.us.abb.com/#sle.
b. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
c. Emerson Electric Co; O-Z/Gedney: www.emerson.com/#sle. d. HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide
Corporation: www.holdrite.com/#sle.
e. nVent; Caddy: www.nvent.com/#sle.
f. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type; steel or malleable iron.
3. Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated.
E. Outlet Box Supports: Hangers and brackets suitable for boxes to be supported.
F. Metal Channel/Strut Framing Systems:
1. Description: Factory-fabricated, continuous-slot, metal channel/strut and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field assembly of supports.
2. Comply with MFMA-4.
3. Channel/Strut Used as Raceway, Where Indicated: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 5B.
4. Channel Material:
a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use painted steel, zinc-plated steel, or galvanized steel.
b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel.
5. Minimum Channel Thickness: Steel sheet, 12 gauge, 0.1046 inch.
6. Minimum Channel Dimensions: 1-5/8 inch width by 1-5/8 inch height.
G. Fiberglass Channel/Strut Framing Systems:
1. Description: Factory-fabricated, continuous-slot, fiberglass channel/strut and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field assembly of supports.
2. Channel Material: Use polyester resin or vinyl ester resin.
3. Minimum Channel Dimensions: 1-5/8 inch wide by 1 inch high.
4. Flammability: Fire retardant with NFPA 101, Class A flame spread index, maximum of 25, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84; self extinguishing in accordance with ASTM D635.
H. Hanger Rods: Threaded, zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated.
1. Minimum Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required:
a. Equipment Supports: 1/2-inch diameter.
b. Busway Supports: 1/2-inch diameter.
c. Single Conduit up to 1-inch (27 mm) Trade Size: 1/4-inch diameter. d. Single Conduit Larger than 1-inch (27 mm) Trade Size: 3/8-inch diameter. e. Trapeze Support for Multiple Conduits: 3/8-inch diameter. f. Outlet Boxes: 1/4-inch diameter.
g. Luminaires: 1/4-inch diameter.
I. Nonpenetrating Rooftop Supports for Low-Slope Roofs:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 5
1. Description: Steel pedestals with thermoplastic or rubber bases that rest on top of roofing membrane, not requiring attachment to roof structure and not penetrating roofing assembly, with support fixtures as specified.
2. Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly.
3. Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer, same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports.
4. Mounting Height: Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches under supported component to top of roofing.
J. Anchors and Fasteners:
1. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use anchor and fastener types indicated for specified applications.
2. Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts, expansion anchors, or screw anchors.
3. Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or screw anchors.
4. Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts.
5. Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts.
6. Steel: Use beam clamps, machine bolts, or welded threaded studs.
7. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
8. Wood: Use wood screws.
9. Hammer-driven anchors and fasteners are not permitted. a. Nails are permitted for attachment of nonmetallic boxes to wood frame construction.
b. Staples are permitted for attachment of nonmetallic-sheathed cable to wood frame construction.
10. Preset Concrete Inserts: Continuous metal channel/strut and spot inserts specifically designed to be cast in concrete ceilings, walls, and floors. a. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of metal channel/strut framing system. b. Comply with MFMA-4.
c. Channel Material: Use galvanized steel.
d. Minimum Channel Thickness: Steel sheet, 12 gauge, 0.1046 inch minimum base metal thickness.
11. Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES) for compliance with applicable building code.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS (LISTED IN ALPHABETICALLY ORDER ONLY AND NOT
NECESSARY BY PREFERENCE)
A. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
B. Threaded Rod Company: www.threadedrod.com.
C. Or Approved Equal.
D. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.3 SUPPORTS
A. Pipe hangers for individual conduits shall be factory made, consisting of a pipe ring and threaded suspension rod. The pipe ring shall be malleable iron, split and hinged, or Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 6 shall be springable wrought steel. Rings shall be bolted to or interlocked with the suspension rod socket.
B. Pipe racks for groups of parallel conduits shall be constructed of galvanized structural steel preformed channels of length as required, suspended on threaded rods and secured thereto with nuts above and below the cross bar.
C. Factory made pipe straps shall be one hole malleable iron or two hole galvanized clamps.
D. Supporting rods shall be at least 3/8" diameter and channel shall be at least 3/4" deep.
Supporting hardware shall be galvanized steel.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Hangers, Supports, Anchors, and Fasteners - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit.
B. Supports: Fabricated of structural steel or formed steel members; galvanized.
C. Anchors and Fasteners:
1. Sheet Metal Screws: Steel
2. Machine Screws Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Steel
3. Precast Inserts: Suitable for the purpose.
4. Anchor Bolts, expansion type (stainless steel).
a. Phillips Red-Head
b. Hilti Kwik-Bolt.
c. WEJ-IT.
5. Cast-in-Place Anchors: Suitable for the purpose (hot-dip galvanized except cadmium plated in dry locations)
6. Beam Clamps: Steel.
7. Detention Fasteners: In accordance with Section 11 19 23.
D. Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts, expansion anchors, or preset inserts.
E. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps or welded fasteners.
F. Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchors.
G. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners.
H. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors or preset inserts.
I. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
J. Wood Elements: Use wood screws.
K. Fastener Types:
1. Concrete Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193.
2. Masonry Wedge Expansion Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC01.
3. Concrete Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC193.
4. Masonry Screw Type Anchors: Complying with ICC-ES AC106.
5. Other Types: As required.
6. Manufacturers:
a. Powers Fasteners, Inc: www.powers.com.
b. Or approved equal.
L. Formed Steel Channel as indicated on drawings.
M. Steel Spring Clips: As indicated on drawings
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 7 PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems.
3. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer.
4. In Correctional Facilities, provide and install detention metal fasteners in inmate accessible areas in accordance with Section 11 19 23.
B. Install hangers and supports in accordance with NECA 1.
C. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICCES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable.
1. Concrete – Precast inserts, cast-place anchors, or expansion type anchor bolts. a. When installing drilled-in anchors in non-prestresses reinforced concrete, avoid the reinforcing bars.
b. When installing drilled-in anchors into prestressed concrete (Pre- or Posttensioned) locate tendons by using a non-destructive method prior to installation. Maintain a minimum clearance of one-inch between the reinforcement and the drilled-in anchor.
2. Sheet Metal – Sheet metal screws or machine bolts, nuts, and washers.
3. Structural Steel Members – Beam clamps, machine screws, bolts, nuts, and washers.
D. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems.
E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc., do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid.
F. Unless specifically indicated or approved by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc., do not provide support from roof deck.
G. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer.
H. Provide required vibration isolation and/or seismic controls; see Section 26 05 48.
I. Field Welding, Where Approved by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc.: See Section 05 50
00. J. Equipment Support and Attachment:
1. Use metal, fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel/strut to support equipment as required.
2. Use metal channel/strut secured to studs to support equipment surface mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 8
3. Use metal channel/strut to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface.
4. Unless otherwise indicated, mount floor-mounted equipment on properly sized concrete pad 3 inches in height; see Section 03 30 00.
5. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support.
6. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
7. In wet and damp locations, use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 13/16-inch minimum off wall.
8. Use sheet metal channels to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
9. Support equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
10. Verify that equipment will fit support layouts indicated. a. Where suitable equipment is used, revise indicated supports to fit at no additional cost.
11. Arrange for necessary openings to allow entry of equipment. a. Where equipment cannot be installed as structure is being erected, provide and arrange for building-in of boxes, sleeves, or other devices to allow for later installation.
K. Conduit Support and Attachment
1. In damp or wet locations, space conduit support directly from concrete or metal structure out at least ¼ inch using straps with spacers or, if three (3) or more conduits are located in a parallel run, they shall be spaced out from the wall approximately 5/8 inch to 1 inch by means of a channel.
2. Runs of individual conduit suspended from the floor or ceiling shall be supported with pipe hangers. Where three (3) or more conduits are suspended from the floor or ceiling, suitable racks shall be constructed from channel material with suitable fittings.
3. Space supporting points no greater than required by CEC.
L. Sleeves
1. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.
2. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor levels. Caulk sleeves full depth and provide floor plate.
3. Where raceway penetrated floor, ceiling, or wall. Close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk seal.
M. Conduit Support and Attachment: See Section 26 05 33.13 for additional requirements.
N. Box Support and Attachment: See Section 26 05 33.16 for additional requirements.
O. Interior Luminaire Support and Attachment: See Section 26 51 00 for additional requirements.
P. Exterior Luminaire Support and Attachment: See Section 26 56 00 for additional requirements.
Q. Preset Concrete Inserts: Use manufacturer provided closure strips to inhibit concrete seepage during concrete pour.
R. Secure fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's recommended torque settings.
S. Remove temporary supports.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 - 9 T. Identify independent electrical component support wires above accessible ceilings, where permitted, with color distinguishable from ceiling support wires in accordance with NFPA 70.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements.
B. Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects.
C. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components.
1. Obtain permission from the Architect and the Structural Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members.
E. All expansion anchors shall have 50 percent of the bolts (alternate bolts in any group arrangement) proof tested in tension and certified by a recognized testing agency at the values indicated in the following table, except where shown otherwise in the Contract Documents. If there are any failures, the immediately adjacent bolts must then also be tested. Anchor capacities shall not exceed 80 percent of the values in the published ICBO report.
END OF SECTION 260529
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ROOFTOP CONDUIT SUPPORT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 30 - 1 SECTION 26 05 30
ROOFTOP CONDUIT SUPPORT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work of this section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, and accessories, and performing all operations required for the correct installation of recycled rubber conduit and box supports for electrical conduit systems on roofs.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. See the following specification sections for work related to the work of this section:
1. 26 05 00 General Requirements for Electrical Systems
2. 26 05 33 Electrical System Raceways and Fittings
3. Specifically note the requirements for:
a. Galvanized rigid conduit
b. Threaded fittings
c. Erickson three-piece connectors.
4. 26 05 32 Electrical System Junction and Pull Boxes
5. General sections of the specifications and drawings for specific requirements associated with the roofing consultant.
1.3 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Work and material shall be in compliance with and according to the requirements of the latest revision of the following standards and codes:
1. Current Edition of California Electrical Code (CEC), National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) and / or local codes and modifications as applicable
2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
3. ASTM A653 G90 SS Gr.33 – Specification for Sheet Steel, Zinc coated (Galvanized) by the hot dipped process
4. ASTM B633 – Specification for Electrodeposited coatings of Zinc on Iron and steel
5. ASTM D412 – Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers – Tension
6. ASTM D 395 – Test Methods for Rubber Property – Compression Set
7. ASTM D573 – Test Method for Rubber – Deterioration in an Air Oven
8. ASTM D746 – Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact
9. ASTM D2240 – Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. As specified in Division 1.
B. Catalog Data: Provide manufacturer’s descriptive literature.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ROOFTOP CONDUIT SUPPORT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 30 - 2
2.1 ROOF CONDUIT SUPPORT SYSTEM
A. Curb base must be made of 100% recycled rubber and polyurethane prepolymer with a support capacity of 2500 pounds per linear foot of support.
B. Each base to have a reflective yellow stripe.
C. Dimensions are to be six inches wide by height and width as required.
D. Steel frame is to be 14 gauge galvanized for D and CE series and 12 gauge strut galvanized for CB and CS series.
E. Attaching hardware is to be zinc plated threaded rod, nuts and attaching hardware per ASTM B633.
F. Manufacturer: B-Line C-Port series or approved equal.
2.2 CONDUIT CLAMPS ARE TO BE CHANNEL STYLE SIMILAR TO GALVANIZED B-LINE B2000 SERIES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations.
B. Install after coordination with the roofing contractor such that the roofing contractor’s guarantee is maintained.
C. Attach to roof as per roofing contractor’s instructions.
D. Space conduit and box supports in accordance with appropriate electrical codes.
E. Utilize CE series supports for conduit where CS supports are used for boxes so as to avoid offsets and unions where possible.
END OF SECTION 260530
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 1
SECTION 26 05 33.13
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Scope: Provide rigid metallic conduit, rigid non-metallic conduit, intermediate metal conduit, flexible metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, surface metal and/or nonmetallic raceways, cable tray and wireways as shown on the drawings and as described in the specifications.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC).
B. Galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC).
C. PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC).
D. Flexible metal conduit (FMC).
E. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC).
F. Galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
G. Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit.
H. Conduit, fittings and conduit bodies.
1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete encasement of conduits.
B. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping.
C. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.
D. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Cable assemblies consisting of conductors protected by integral metal armor.
E. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
1. Includes additional requirements for fittings for grounding and bonding.
F. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
G. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.
H. Section 26 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.
I. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.
J. Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching: Excavating, bedding, and backfilling.
K. Section 33 71 19 - Electrical Underground Ducts, Ductbanks, and Manholes.
L. The requirements of the kitchen equipment consultan plans and specifications.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC) 2020.
B. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel (EMT-S) 2020.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 2
C. ANSI C80.5 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit -- Aluminum (ERMC-A) 2020.
D. ANSI C80.6 - American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit 2018.
E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
F. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT) 2020.
G. NECA 102 - Standard for Installing Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit 2004.
H. NECA 111 - Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC) 2017.
I. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable 2014.
J. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Metal Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit 2018.
K. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit 2020.
L. NEMA TC 3 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing 2021.
M. NEMA TC 13 - Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT) 2014 (Reaffirmed 2019).
N. NEMA TC 14 (SERIES) - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit and Fittings Series 2015.
O. NEMA TC 14.AG - Aboveground Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings 2015 (Reaffirmed 2021).
P. NEMA TC 14.BG - Belowground Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings 2015 (Reaffirmed 2020).
Q. NEMA TC 14.XW - Extra Heavy Wall Aboveground Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings 2015 (Reaffirmed 2021).
R. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
S. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
T. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
U. UL 6A - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Aluminum, Red Brass, and Stainless Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
V. UL 360 - Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
W. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
X. UL 651 - Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
Y. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
Z. UL 1203 - Explosion-Proof and Dust-Ignition-Proof Electrical Equipment for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
AA. UL 1242 - Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit-Steel Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
BB. UL 1653 - Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
CC. UL 1660 - Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
DD. UL 2419 - Outline of Investigation for Electrically Conductive Corrosion Resistant Compounds Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 3
EE. UL 2420 - Belowground Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
FF. UL 2515 - Aboveground Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
GG. UL 2515A - Standard for Supplemental Requirements for Extra Heavy Wall Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with actual type and quantity of conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop.
2. Coordinate arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment, and other potential conflicts.
3. Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and equipment.
4. Coordinate work to provide roof penetrations that preserve integrity of roofing system and do not void roof warranty.
5. Notify Electrical Engineer of Record of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit between termination points is complete.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conduits and fittings.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate proposed arrangement for conduits to be installed within structural concrete slabs, where permitted.
2. Include proposed locations of roof penetrations and proposed methods for sealing.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits installed underground, conduits embedded within concrete slabs, and conduits 2-inch (53 mm) trade size and larger.
E. Product Data: Provide for metallic conduit, flexible metal conduit, liquidtight flexible metal conduit, metallic tubing, nonmetallic conduit, fittings, and conduit bodies.
F. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual routing of conduits larger than 1 1/4 inches.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Documents at Project Site: Maintain at project site one copy of manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings.
B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: Organization recognized by OSHA as Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 4
C. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage.
C. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering.
D. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight.
1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings.
B. Verify conduit routing and termination locations of conduits prior to rough in.
C. Conduit routing is shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.
Route as required to complete wiring systems.
1.10 RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS
A. Inspect architectural plans for locations and fire ratings for all walls, ceilings, and floors. Install materials as required to maintain the fire integrity of the rated assemblies.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70, manufacturer's instructions, and product listing.
B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use conduit types indicated for specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, comply with most restrictive requirements. Where conduit type for particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
C. Underground:
1. Under Slab on Grade: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, or rigid PVC conduit.
2. Exterior, Direct-Buried: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metallic conduit (IMC), PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, or rigid PVC conduit.
3. Exterior, Embedded Within Concrete: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metallic conduit (IMC), PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, or rigid PVC conduit.
4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit where emerging from underground.
5. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit larger than 2 inch (53 mm) trade size is provided, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit elbows or PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit elbows for bends.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 5
6. Where galvanized rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT) emerges from concrete into soil, use corrosion protection tape, factory-applied corrosion protection coating, or field-applied corrosion protection compound acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction to provide supplementary corrosion protection for minimum of 4 inches on either side of where conduit emerges.
D. Embedded Within Concrete:
1. Within Slab on Grade: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT), rigid PVC conduit, or reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC).
Embed within structural slabs only where approved by Structural Engineer.
2. Within Slab Above Ground: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT), rigid PVC conduit, or reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC). Embed within structural slabs only where approved by Structural Engineer.
3. Within Concrete Walls Above Ground: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, or rigid PVC conduit.
4. Where rigid polyvinyl (PVC) conduit is provided, transition to galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit where emerging from concrete.
5. Where galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT) emerges from concrete into salt air, use corrosion protection tape, factory-applied corrosion protection coating, or field-applied corrosion protection compound acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction to provide supplementary corrosion protection for minimum of 4 inches on either side of where conduit emerges.
E. Concealed Within Masonry Walls: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or stainless steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
F. Concealed Within Hollow Stud Walls: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or stainless steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
G. Concealed Above Accessible Ceilings: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or stainless steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
H. Interior, Damp or Wet Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or stainless steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 6
I. Exposed, Interior, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC).
J. Exposed, Interior, Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC).
1. Locations subject to physical damage include, but are not limited to:
a. Where exposed below 8 feet, except within electrical and communication rooms or closets.
b. Where exposed below 20 feet in warehouse areas.
c. In Correctional Facilities, Galvanized rigid steel only for inmate accessible areas. Locations shall be verified with the architect.
K. Exposed, Exterior, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC).
L. Concealed, Exterior, Not Embedded in Concrete or in Contact With Earth: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT), or stainless steel electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
M. Corrosive Locations Above Ground: Use PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
N. Hazardous/Classified Locations: Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), stainless steel rigid metal conduit (RMC), galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), stainless steel intermediate metal conduit (IMC), or PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC).
O. Flexible Connections to Luminaires Above Accessible Ceilings: Use flexible metal conduit (FMC).
1. Maximum Length: 6 feet.
P. Flexible Connections to Vibrating Equipment:
1. Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit (FMC).
2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC).
3. Maximum Length: 6 feet unless otherwise indicated.
4. Vibrating equipment includes, but is not limited to:
a. Transformers.
b. Motors.
c. Engine generators.
Q. Fished in Existing Walls, Where Necessary: Use flexible metal conduit.
R. Freezer and Refrigeration Rooms
1. Galvanized rigid steel conduit.
2. Use sealing fittings on refrigeration and freezer room conduit runs in accordance with CEC 300-7(a).
2.2 CONDUIT - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with NFPA 70.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 7
B. Existing Work: Where existing conduits are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they comply with specified requirements, are free from corrosion, and integrity is verified by pulling mandrel through them.
C. Fittings for Grounding and Bonding: See Section 26 05 26 for additional requirements.
D. Provide conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for complete raceway system.
E. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for purpose intended.
F. Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
1. Branch Circuits: 1/2-inch trade size.
2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 3/4-inch trade size.
3. Control Circuits: 1/2-inch trade size.
4. Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 1/2 inch (16 mm) trade size.
5. Underground, Interior: 1 inch (27 mm) trade size.
6. Underground, Exterior: 1-inch trade size.
G. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
2.3 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Allied Tube & Conduit, a division of Atkore
International: www.alliedeg.com/#sle.
2. Nucor Tubular Products: www.nucortubular.com/#sle.
3. Rymco USA: www.rymcousa.com/#sle.
4. Western Tube, a division of Zekelman Industries: www.westerntube.com/#sle.
5. Wheatland Tube, a division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle.
6. Or approved equal.
7. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6.
C. Fittings:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com/#sle.
b. Appleton.
c. Crouse-Hinds.
d. Emerson Electric Co; O-Z/Gedney: www.emerson.com/#sle. e. Or approved equal.
f. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Nonhazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B or UL 6.
3. Hazardous/Classified Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 1203 for classification of installed location.
4. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings.
5. Connectors and Couplings: Where an expansion type fitting is not required, use a coupling or “Erickson” type coupling as appropriate. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 8
6. At building expansion joints, use expansion type fittings.
7. Make connections to NEMA 12 boxes with a threaded hub.
D. Locknuts
1. Hardened Steel or malleable iron construction, electro zinc plated, capable of insuring positive bond to enclosure.
a. Non-bonding: T & B Series 142 or approved equal.
b. Bonding: T & B Series 107 or approved equal.
E. Bushings
1. Insulted: T & B Series 223 or approved equal.
2. Insulated Metallic Bushing: T & B Series 1223 or approved equal.
3. Insulated Grounding and Bonding Bushing: T & B Series 3871 or approved equal.
F. Couplings
1. Non-metallic Conduit Coupling: By non-metallic conduit manufacturer for the application.
2. Threaded Rigid Metal Conduit Couplings: By conduit manufacturer for the application.
3. Threadless Coupling: “Erickson” Type Y & B Series 676 or approved equal.
4. Expansion Type: Permit ¾ inch movement any direction. a. Exposed: Weatherproof with external bonding jumper.
b. Embedded: Watertight with internal bonding jumper.
G. Connectors
1. Non-Metallic Conduit Connector: By conduit manufacturer for the application.
2. Threaded Hubs: Electro zinc coated with nylon insulated throat and ail/moisture resistant recessed sealing ring, raintight.
a. Non-bonding: T & B Series 371 or approved equal.
b. Bonding: T & B Series 371 with 107 series bonding locknut or approved equals.
H. Nipple: “Chase” Type, insulated: T & B Series 5263 or approved equal.
I. Sealing Gaskets: Oil and moisture resistant rubber bonded to metallic retainer.
1. With rigid conduit – T & B Series 5303 or approved equal.
2. Fittings not specifically listed but required shall be of similar style and quality.
2.4 GALVANIZED STEEL INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Allied Tube & Conduit, a division of Atkore
International: www.alliedeg.com/#sle.
2. Nucor Tubular Products: www.nucortubular.com/#sle.
3. Western Tube, a division of Zekelman Industries: www.westerntube.com/#sle.
4. Wheatland Tube, a division of Zekelman Industries: www.wheatland.com/#sle.
5. Or approved equal.
6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type IMC galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.6 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1242.
C. Fittings:
1. Manufacturers:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 9
a. Bridgeport Fittings, LLC: www.bptfittings.com/#sle.
b. Emerson Electric Co; O-Z/Gedney: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Or approved equal.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Nonhazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B or UL 1242.
3. Hazardous/Classified Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 1203 for classification of installed location.
4. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings.
5. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless fittings, including set screw and compression/gland types, are not permitted.
D. Conduit Size: Comply with NFPA 70.
1. Exposed: Use rigid steel conduit or intermediate metal conduit for installation up to 8 feet.
2.5 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC)
A. Manufacturers:
1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle.
2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle.
3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle.
4. Or approved equal.
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type FMC standard-wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 1, and listed for use in classified firestop systems.
C. Fittings:
1. Manufacturers:
a. ABB; T&B: www.electrification.us.abb.com/#sle.
b. Bridgeport Fittings, LLC: www.bptfittings.com/#sle.
c. Emerson Electric Co; O-Z/Gedney: www.emerson.com/#sle. d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B.
3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings.
D. Description: Interlocked steel construction.
E. Connectors and Fittings: NEMA FB 1.
1. Flexible metal conduit connector – Insulated throat, suitable as grounding means:
T & B Serries 3115.
2.6 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC)
A. Manufacturers:
1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle.
2. Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com/#sle.
3. International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com/#sle.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 10
4. Or approved equal.
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360.
C. Fittings:
1. Manufacturers:
a. ABB; T&B: www.electrification.us.abb.com/#sle.
b. Bridgeport Fittings, LLC: www.bptfittings.com/#sle.
c. Emerson Electric Co; O-Z/Gedney: www.emerson.com/#sle. d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B.
3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings.
D. Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket.
E. Fittings: NEMA FB 1.
2.7 GALVANIZED STEEL ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A. Manufacturers:
1. Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com/#sle.
2. Nucor Tubular Products: www.nucortubular/#sle.
3. Rymco USA: www.rymcousa.com/#sle.
4. Western Tube, a division of Zekelman Industries: www.westerntube.com/#sle.
5. Beck Manufacturing, Inc: www.beckmfg.com.
6. Wheatland Tube Company: www.wheatland.com/#sle.
7. Or Equal.____.
8. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT galvanized steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797.
C. Fittings:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Bridgeport Fittings, LLC: www.bptfittings.com/#sle.
b. Emerson Electric Co; O-Z/Gedney: www.emerson.com/#sle. c. Or approved equal.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B.
3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings.
4. Connectors and Couplings: Use compression/gland type. a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings.
b. Do not use set-screw type connectors and couplings.
c. EMT Coupling: Raintight T & B Series 5220 or approved equal.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 11
d. EMT to Rigid Metal Conduit Connector, Raintight: T & B Series 531 or approved equal.
5. Damp or Wet Locations, Where Permitted: Use fittings listed for use in wet locations.
6. Embedded Within Concrete, Where Permitted: Use fittings listed as concretetight. Fittings that require taping to be concrete-tight are acceptable.
D. Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing.
E. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron compression type.
2.8 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Cantex Inc: www.cantexinc.com/#sle.
2. JM Eagle: www.jmeagle.com/#sle.
3. Or approved equal.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with NEMA TC 2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; Schedule 40 unless otherwise indicated, Schedule 80 where subject to physical damage; rated for use with conductors rated 90 degrees C.
C. Fittings:
1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; material to match conduit.
2.9 ACCESSORIES
A. Corrosion Protection Tape: PVC-based, minimum thickness of 20 mil, 0.020 inch.
B. Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion-resistant, electrically conductive compound listed as complying with UL 2419; suitable for use with conduit to be installed.
C. Solvent Cement for PVC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of conduit and fittings to be installed.
D. Epoxy Adhesive for RTRC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of conduit and fittings to be installed.
E. Pull Strings: Use nylon or polyester tape with average breaking strength of not less than 1,250 lbf.
F. Sealing Compound for Sealing Fittings: Listed for use with the particular fittings to be installed.
1. Internal to fittings
a. Approved by manufacturer for application.
2. Manufacturer
a. Crouse-Hinds Chico A-P and Chico X fiber.
b. O.Z. Gedney.
c. Or approved equal.
G. Sealing Systems for Concrete Penetrations:
1. Sleeves: Provide water stop ring or cement coating that bonds to concrete to prevent water infiltration.
2. Rate for minimum of 40 psig; suitable for sealing around conduits to be installed.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 12
H. Sealing Systems for Roof Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty; suitable for conduits and roofing system to be installed; designed to accommodate existing penetrations where applicable.
1. Products:
a. Menzies Metal Products; Electrical Roof Stack and Cap: www.menziesmetal.com/#sle. b. Menzies Metal Products; Electrical Retro Box: www.menziesmetal.com/#sle. c. Or approved equal.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
I. Flashing Panels for Exterior Wall Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of building envelope; suitable for conduits and facade materials to be installed.
1. Products:
a. Quickflash Weatherproofing Products,
Inc: www.quickflashproducts.com/#sle.
b. Or approved equal.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
J. Firestop Sleeves: Listed; provide as required to preserve fire resistance rating of building elements.
1. Products:
a. HoldRite, a brand of Reliance Worldwide Corporation; HydroFlame Pro Series/HydroFlame Custom Built: www.holdrite.com/#sle.
b. Or approved equal.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
K. Duct Bank Spacers: Nonmetallic; designed for maintaining conduit/duct spacing for concrete encasement in open trench installation; suitable for conduit/duct arrangement to be installed.
1. Products:
a. Advance Products & Systems, LLC; Duct Bank
Spacers: www.apsonline.com/#sle.
b. Or approved equal.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
L. Bore Spacers: Nonmetallic; designed for maintaining conduit/duct spacing for installation within casing; furnished with roller wheels to facilitate installation, openings to facilitate grout flow, and holes for stabilization cable; suitable for casing and conduit/duct arrangement to be installed.
1. Products:
a. Advance Products & Systems, LLC; Bore
Spacers: www.apsonline.com/#sle.
b. Or approved equal.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 13
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
D. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.
E. Conduit routing is shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install conduit in accordance with NECA 1.
C. Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 101.
D. Install aluminum rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 102.
E. Install intermediate metal conduit (IMC) in accordance with NECA 101.
F. Install PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) using only tools approved by manufacturer.
G. Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit in accordance with NECA 111.
H. Install liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC) in accordance with NECA 111.
I. Conduit Routing:
1. Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
2. When conduit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required.
3. Conceal conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed.
4. Conduits in the following areas may be exposed, unless otherwise indicated:
a. Electrical rooms.
b. Mechanical equipment rooms.
c. Within joists in areas with no ceiling.
5. Unless otherwise approved, do not route exposed conduits:
a. Across floors.
b. Across roofs.
c. Across top of parapet walls.
d. Across building exterior surfaces.
6. Conduits installed underground or embedded in concrete may be routed in shortest possible manner unless otherwise indicated. Route other conduits parallel or perpendicular to building structure and surfaces, following surface contours where practical.
7. Arrange conduit to maintain adequate headroom, clearances, and access.
8. Arrange conduit to provide no more than equivalent of four 90-degree bends between pull points.
9. Arrange conduit to provide no more than 150 feet between pull points.
10. Route conduits above water and drain piping where possible.
11. Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps. Provide drain fittings at low points and at sealing fittings where moisture may collect.
12. Maintain minimum clearance of 6 inches between conduits and piping for other systems.
13. Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches between conduits and hot surfaces.
This includes, but is not limited to:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 14
a. Heaters.
b. Hot water piping.
c. Flues.
14. Group parallel conduits in same area on common rack.
J. Conduit Support:
1. Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by authorities having jurisdiction; see Section 26 05 29.
2. Provide required vibration isolation and/or seismic controls; see Section 26 05 48.
3. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems.
4. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay on ceiling tiles.
5. Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit. a. Use clamp back spacer with conduit strap for damp and wet locations to provide space between conduit and mounting surface.
6. Use metal channel/strut with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel surface-mounted conduits.
7. Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod.
8. Use trapeze hangers assembled from threaded rods and metal channel/strut with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel suspended conduits.
9. Use nonpenetrating rooftop supports to support conduits routed across rooftops, where approved.
10. Use of spring steel conduit clips for support of conduits is not permitted. a. Support of electrical metallic tubing (EMT) up to 1-inch (27 mm) trade size concealed above accessible ceilings and within hollow stud walls.
11. Use of wire for support of conduits is not permitted. a. For securing conduits to studs in hollow stud walls. b. For suspending conduits supported by spring steel conduit clips, where specifically indicated or permitted.
12. Where conduit support intervals specified in NFPA 70 and NECA standards differ, comply with most stringent requirements.
K. Connections and Terminations:
1. Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections.
2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use threepiece couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads.
3. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another.
4. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid into connectors.
5. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations.
6. Where spare conduits stub up through concrete floors and are not terminated in box or enclosure, provide threaded couplings equipped with threaded plugs set flush with finished floor.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 15
7. Provide insulating bushings, insulated throats, or listed metal fittings with smooth, rounded edges at conduit terminations to protect conductors.
8. Secure joints and connections to provide mechanical strength and electrical continuity.
L. Penetrations:
1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer.
2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required.
4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground.
5. Provide suitable sealing system where conduits penetrate exterior wall below grade.
6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane.
7. Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations.
Where penetrations are necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty.
8. Provide metal escutcheon plates for conduit penetrations exposed to public view.
9. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements; see Section 07 84 00.
M. Underground Installation:
1. Provide trenching and backfilling; see Section 31 23 16 and Section 31 23 23.
2. Minimum Cover, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required:
a. Underground, Exterior: 18 inches.
b. Under Slab on Grade: 12 inches to bottom of slab.
3. Provide underground warning tape along entire conduit length for service entrance where not concrete-encased; see Section 26 05 53.
N. Embedment Within Structural Concrete Slabs (only where approved by Structural Engineer):
1. Maximum Conduit Size: 1-inch trade size unless otherwise approved.
2. Minimum Conduit Spacing: As indicated on drawings.
3. Install conduits within middle one third of slab thickness.
4. Secure conduits to prevent floating or movement during pouring of concrete.
O. Concrete Encasement: Where conduits not otherwise embedded within concrete are indicated to be concrete-encased, provide minimum concrete cover of 3 inches on all sides unless otherwise indicated; see Section 03 30 00.
P. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes, but is not limited to:
1. Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or deflection.
2. Where calculated in accordance with NFPA 70 for rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit installed above ground to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.13 - 16
3. Where calculated in accordance with NFPA 70 for reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC) conduit installed above ground to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction.
4. Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost.
Q. Provide pull string in each empty conduit and in conduits where conductors and cables are to be installed by others. Leave minimum slack of 12 inches at each end.
R. Provide grounding and bonding; see Section 26 05 26.
S. Identify conduits; see Section 26 05 53.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements for additional requirements.
B. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
C. Where coating of PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) contains cuts or abrasions, repair in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conduits.
3.4 EMPTY CONDUITS
A. Certain conduits will have no conductors pulled in as a part of this contract. Identify with tags at each end of the origin and destination of each such empty conduits. Provide a permanent cap over each end of each empty conduit. Provide a nylon pull wire in each empty conduit, tie off at both ends.
3.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. So not cover up conduit work until inspected. Notify the Owner’s Representative at least 3 days before desired inspection date.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation of conduit, use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of conductors.
B. All conduits shall be run concealed in walls and/or ceiling. Where conduits can not be run concealed in wall and/or ceiling space, the Contractor shall coordinate with the architectural and structural plans and the Architect for installing and routing of exposed conduits.
3.8 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 8400.
END OF SECTION 260534
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 1
SECTION 26 05 33.16
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Scope: Provide boxes, pull boxes, racks, and enclosures as shown on drawings or as required by code(s).
B. Section Includes:
C. Boxes for hazardous (classified) locations.
D. Underground boxes/enclosures.
E. Accessories.
F. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.
G. Pull and junction boxes.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
B. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping.
C. Section 08 31 00 - Access Doors and Panels: Panels for maintaining access to concealed boxes.
D. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
E. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
F. Section 26 05 33.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems:
1. Conduit bodies and other fittings.
2. Additional requirements for locating boxes to limit conduit length and/or number of bends between pulling points.
G. Section 26 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.
H. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.
I. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices:
1. Wall plates.
2. Floor box service fittings.
3. Poke-through assemblies.
4. Access floor boxes.
5. Additional requirements for locating boxes for wiring devices.
J. Section 26 28 13 - Fuses: Spare fuse cabinets.
K. Section 33 71 19 - Electrical Underground Ducts, Ductbanks, and Manholes: Concrete manholes for electrical systems.
L. The requirements of the kitchen equipment consultan plans and specifications.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
B. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices 2016.
C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 2020.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 2
D. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable 2014.
E. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports 2013 (Reaffirmed 2020).
F. NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports 2013 (Reaffirmed 2020).
G. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 2020.
H. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
I. SCTE 77 - Specifications for Underground Enclosure Integrity 2017.
J. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
K. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
L. UL 508A - Industrial Control Panels Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M. UL 514A - Metallic Outlet Boxes Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
N. UL 514C - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes, and Covers Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O. UL 1203 - Explosion-Proof and Dust-Ignition-Proof Electrical Equipment for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
3. Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps, support fittings, and devices, calculated according to NFPA
70. 4. Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits, calculated according to NFPA 70.
5. Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork, furniture, devices, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others.
6. Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity.
7. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush-mounted boxes where indicated.
8. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for cabinets and enclosures, boxes for hazardous (classified) locations, floor boxes, and underground boxes/enclosures.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 3
1. Underground Boxes/Enclosures: Include reports for load testing in accordance with SCTE 77 certified by a professional engineer or an independent testing agency upon request.
C. Samples:
1. Floor Boxes: Provide one sample(s) of each floor box proposed for substitution upon request.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations for outlet and device boxes, pull boxes, cabinets and enclosures, floor boxes, and underground boxes/enclosures.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
2. Keys for Lockable Enclosures: Two of each different key.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.
C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 BOXES
A. General Requirements:
1. Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
2. Provide all boxes, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed.
3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
4. Where box size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
5. Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate.
B. Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches, Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes:
1. Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 4
2. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required; furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers.
3. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes where exposed galvanized steel rigid metal conduit or exposed intermediate metal conduit (IMC) is used.
4. Use cast aluminum boxes where aluminum rigid metal conduit is used.
5. Use nonmetallic boxes where exposed rigid PVC conduit is used.
6. Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete.
7. Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls.
8. Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where required.
9. Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction.
10. Do not use "through-wall" boxes designed for access from both sides of wall.
11. Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A.
12. Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A; furnish with threaded hubs.
13. Nonmetallic Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2, and list and label as complying with UL 514C.
14. Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported; furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required.
15. Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction. Do not use field-connected gangable boxes unless specifically indicated or permitted.
16. Minimum Box Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
a. Wiring Devices (Other Than Communications Systems Outlets): 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inch deep (100 by 38 mm) trade size.
b. Communications Systems Outlets: 4 inch square by 2-1/8 inch (100 by 54 mm) trade size.
c. Ceiling Outlets: 4 inch octagonal or square by 1-1/2 inch deep (100 by 38 mm) trade size.
17. Wall Plates: Comply with Section 26 27 26.
18. Manufacturers:
a. Cooper Crouse-Hinds, a division of Eaton
Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle.
b. Hubbell Incorporated; Bell Products: www.hubbell-rtb.com/#sle. c. Hubbell Incorporated; RACO Products; ______: www.hubbell-rtb.com/#sle. d. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Electric Co;
__________: www.emerson.com/#sle.
e. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com/#sle.
f. Or equal.
g. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
C. Cabinets and Enclosures, Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches:
1. Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E, or UL 508A.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 5
2. NEMA 250 Environment Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1, painted steel.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R, painted steel.
c. Kitchens and food prep. Locations: Type 4X, stainless steel, unpainted.
3. Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches:
a. Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated. b. Boxes 6 square feet and Larger: Provide sectionalized screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures.
4. Cabinets and Hinged-Cover Enclosures, Other Than Junction and Pull Boxes:
a. Provide lockable hinged covers, all locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated.
b. Back Panels: Painted steel, removable.
c. Terminal Blocks: Provide voltage/current ratings and terminal quantity suitable for purpose indicated, with 25 percent spare terminal capacity.
5. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard grey unless otherwise indicated.
6. Manufacturers:
a. Cooper B-Line, a division of Eaton
Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle.
b. Hoffman, a brand of Pentair Technical
Products: www.hoffmanonline.com/#sle.
c. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiegmann Products: www.hubbellwiegmann.com/#sle. d. Or equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
D. Boxes and Enclosures for Integrated Power, Data, and Audio/Video: Size and configuration as indicated or as required with partitions to separate services; fieldconnected gangable boxes may be used.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Hubbell Incorporated; ______: www.hubbell.com/#sle.
b. Or approved equal.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
E. Boxes for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 1203 for the classification of the installed location.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Appleton, a brand of Emerson Electric Co;
__________: www.emerson.com/#sle.
b. Cooper Crouse-Hinds, a division of Eaton
Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com/#sle.
c. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Products: www.hubbell-killark.com/#sle. d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
F. Floor Boxes:
1. Description: Floor boxes compatible with floor box service fittings provided in accordance with Section 26 27 26; with partitions to separate multiple services; Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 6
furnished with all components, adapters, and trims required for complete installation.
2. Use cast iron floor boxes within slab on grade.
3. Use sheet-steel or cast iron floor boxes within slab above grade.
4. Metallic Floor Boxes: Fully adjustable (with integral means for leveling adjustment prior to and after concrete pour).
5. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of floor box service fittings.
G. Underground Boxes/Enclosures:
1. Description: In-ground, open bottom boxes furnished with flush, non-skid covers with legend indicating type of service and stainless steel tamper resistant cover bolts.
2. Size: As indicated on drawings.
3. Depth: As required to extend below frost line to prevent frost upheaval, but not less than 12 inches.
4. Provide logo on cover to indicate type of service.
5. Applications:
a. Sidewalks and Landscaped Areas Subject Only to Occasional Nondeliberate Vehicular Traffic: Use polymer concrete enclosures, with minimum SCTE 77 Tier 8 load rating.
b. Parking Lots, in Areas Subject Only To Occasional Nondeliberate Vehicular Traffic: Use polymer concrete enclosures, with minimum SCTE 77 Tier 15 load rating.
c. Do not use polymer concrete enclosures in areas subject to deliberate vehicular traffic.
6. Polymer Concrete Underground Boxes/Enclosures: Comply with SCTE 77. a. Manufacturers:
1) Hubbell Incorporated; Quazite
Products: www.hubbellpowersystems.com/#sle.
2) MacLean Highline: www.macleanhighline.com/#sle.
3) Oldcastle Precast, Inc: www.oldcastleprecast.com/#sle. 4) Or equal.
5) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. b. Combination fiberglass/polymer concrete boxes/enclosures are acceptable. c. Product(s):
1) MacLean Highline PHA Series: Straight wall, all-polymer concrete splice box/pull box; available Tier 8, Tier 15, and Tier 22 load ratings. (a) 11 by 18 by 12 inches nominal; Model PHA111812 (stackable). 2) MacLean Highline CHA Series: Fiberglass/polymer concrete splice box/pull box; available Tier 8 and Tier 15 load ratings. (a) 11 by 18 by 12 inches nominal; Model CHA111812.
3) MacLean Highline CVA Series: Fiberglass/polymer concrete splice vault; available Tier 8, Tier 15, and Tier 22 load ratings. (a) 30 by 48 by 18 inches nominal; Model CVA304818.
4) Or approved equal.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 7
A. Flashing Panels for Exterior Wall Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of building envelope; suitable for boxes and facade materials to be installed.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Quickflash Weatherproofing Products,
Inc: www.quickflashproducts.com/#sle.
b. Or approved equal.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.3 MANUFACTURERS
A. Appleton Electric: www.appletonelec.com.
B. Arc-Co./Division of Arcade Technology; Model ______: www.arc-co.com.
C. Unity Manufacturing: www.unitymfg.com.
D. Or approved equal.
E. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.4 OUTLET BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required.
2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type.
B. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs.
C. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 26 2726.
2.5 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
B. Hinged Enclosures: As specified in Section 26 2716.
C. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged, surface mounted junction box:
1. Material: Galvanized cast iron.
2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.
D. In-Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting:
1. Material: Galvanized cast iron.
2. Cover: Smooth cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws.
3. Cover Legend: "ELECTRIC".
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Boxes are indicated in approximate locations only on the drawings unless specifically dimensioned. Verify all box locations prior to rough-in.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 8
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
E. Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets prior to rough-in.
F. Verify locations of all boxes required for kitchen equipment with kithcen consultant plans and specifications.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install boxes in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards where mounting heights are not indicated.
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Provide separate boxes for emergency power and normal power systems.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems.
F. Flush-mount boxes in finished areas unless specifically indicated to be surfacemounted.
G. Unless otherwise indicated, boxes may be surface-mounted where exposed conduits are indicated or permitted.
H. Box Locations:
1. Locate boxes to be accessible. Provide access panels in accordance with Section 08 31 00 as required where approved by the Architect.
2. Unless dimensioned, box locations indicated are approximate.
3. Locate boxes as required for devices installed under other sections or by others. a. Switches, Receptacles, and Other Wiring Devices: Comply with Section 26 27 26.
b. Communications Systems Outlets: Comply with Section 27 10 00.
4. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not span different building finishes.
5. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints.
6. Unless otherwise indicated, where multiple outlet boxes are installed at the same location at different mounting heights, install along a common vertical center line.
7. Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back.
Provide minimum 6 inches horizontal separation unless otherwise indicated.
8. Acoustic-Rated Walls: Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back; provide minimum 24 inches horizontal separation.
9. Fire Resistance Rated Walls: Install flush-mounted boxes such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced.
a. Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back; provide minimum 24 inches separation where wall is constructed with individual noncommunicating stud cavities or protect both boxes with listed putty pads.
b. Do not install flush-mounted boxes with area larger than 16 square inches or such that the total aggregate area of openings exceeds 100 square inches for any 100 square feet of wall area.
10. Locate junction and pull boxes as indicated, as required to facilitate installation of conductors, and to limit conduit length and/or number of bends between pulling points in accordance with Section 26 05 33.13.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 9
11. Locate junction and pull boxes in the following areas, unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Architect:
a. Concealed above accessible suspended ceilings.
b. Within joists in areas with no ceiling.
c. Electrical rooms.
d. Mechanical equipment rooms.
I. Box Supports:
1. Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
2. Provide required seismic controls in accordance with Section 26 05 48.
3. Provide independent support from building structure except for cast metal boxes (other than boxes used for fixture support) supported by threaded conduit connections in accordance with NFPA 70. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems.
4. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling grid or ceiling support system.
5. Use far-side support to secure flush-mounted boxes supported from single stud in hollow stud walls. Repair or replace supports for boxes that permit excessive movement.
J. Install boxes plumb and level.
K. Flush-Mounted Boxes:
1. Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch or does not project beyond finished surface.
2. Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface.
3. Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the edge of the box.
L. Floor-Mounted Cabinets: Mount on properly sized 3 inch high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
M. Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity.
N. Metallic Floor Boxes: Install box level at the proper elevation to be flush with finished floor.
O. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Cut box flush with finished floor after concrete pour.
P. Underground Boxes/Enclosures:
1. Install enclosure on gravel base, minimum 6 inches deep.
2. Flush-mount enclosures located in concrete or paved areas.
3. Mount enclosures located in landscaped areas with top at 1 inch above finished grade.
4. Provide cast-in-place concrete collar constructed in accordance with Section 03 30 00, minimum 10 inches wide by 12 inches deep, around enclosures that are not located in concrete areas.
5. Install additional bracing inside enclosures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize box sidewall deflections during backfilling. Backfill with cover bolted in place.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 10
Q. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V.
R. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00.
S. Close unused box openings.
T. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use.
U. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
V. Identify boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 53.
W. Install boxes securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
X. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and as required by NFPA 72.
Y. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 26 2717.
Z. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated.
AA. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.
1. Adjust box locations up to 10 feet if required to accommodate intended purpose.
BB. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 26 2726.
CC. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance.
DD. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only.
EE. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.
FF. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 8400.
GG. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes.
HH. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan.
II. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.
JJ. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.
KK. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.
LL. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches separation. Provide minimum 24 inches separation in fire-rated and acoustic rated walls.
MM. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness.
NN. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
OO. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.
PP. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.
QQ. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires.
RR. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches of box.
SS. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33.16 - 11
TT. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.
UU. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations.
VV. Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for other installations.
WW. Set floor boxes level.
XX. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast metal box in other locations.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust floor boxes flush with finish flooring material.
B. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.
C. Install knockout closures in unused box openings.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt, debris, plaster and other foreign material.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation, protect boxes from entry of moisture and foreign material until ready for installation of conductors.
END OF SECTION 260537
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 1
SECTION 26 05 48
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Vibration isolation requirements.
B. Seismic control requirements.
1. Includes requirements for seismic qualification of equipment not specified in this section.
C. Vibration-isolated equipment support bases.
D. Vibration isolators.
E. External seismic snubber assemblies.
F. Anchoring and seismic restraint systems.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 45 33 - Code-Required Special Inspections and Procedures.
B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
C. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
D. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications: Materials and requirements for fabricated metal supports.
E. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements
1. Provide the work in compliance with CCR Title 24, Part 2, State Chapters, Drawings, and calculations to be stamped and signed by a California licensed structural engineer.
2. Provide seismic restraints for the listed materials and equipment. The attachments shall resist forces to the center of gravity of the component. Criteria shall be the operating weight of the item times 0.5g for horizontal force to be applied in any direction. Wall-mounted or suspended components shall in addition, resist a downward force of 200 pounds minimum added to the operating weight of the component.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Electrical Component: Where referenced in this section in regards to seismic controls, applies to any portion of the electrical system subject to seismic evaluation in accordance with applicable codes, including distributed systems (e.g., conduit, cable tray).
B. Seismic Restraint: Structural members or assemblies of members or manufactured elements specifically designed and applied for transmitting seismic forces between components and the seismic force-resisting system of the structure.
1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 2
A. ASTM E2265-2003 – Standard Terminology for Anchors and Fasteners in Concrete and Masonry.
B. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard.
C. ASCE 19 - Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings 2016.
D. ASHRAE (HVACA) - ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard.
E. ASTM E580/E580M - Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions 2022.
F. FEMA 413 - Installing Seismic Restraints for Electrical Equipment 2004.
G. FEMA E-74 - Reducing the Risks of Nonstructural Earthquake Damage 2012.
H. ICC (IBC) - International Building Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
I. ICC-ES AC156 - Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Certification by Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components 2010, with Editorial Revision (2020).
J. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication 2004.
K. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
L. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
M. SMACNA (SRM) - Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems 2008.
1.6 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate selection and arrangement of vibration isolation and/or seismic control components with the actual equipment to be installed.
2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation.
3. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations.
4. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations.
5. Seismic Controls:
a. Coordinate the arrangement of seismic restraints with ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others.
b. Coordinate the work with other trades to accommodate relative positioning of essential and nonessential components in consideration of seismic interaction.
6. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1. Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 3
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Design Documents: Prepare and submit all information required for plan review and permitting by authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to floor plans, details, and calculations.
C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for products, including materials, fabrication details, dimensions, and finishes.
1. Vibration Isolators: Include rated load capacities and deflections; include information on color coding or other identification methods for spring element load capacities.
2. Seismic Controls: Include seismic load capacities.
D. Shop Drawings - Vibration Isolation Systems:
1. Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed arrangement of vibration isolators; indicate equipment weights and static deflections.
2. Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases: Include base weights, including concrete fill where applicable; indicate equipment mounting provisions.
E. Shop Drawings - Seismic Controls:
1. Include dimensioned plan views and sections indicating proposed electrical component locations and distributed system routing, with locations and details of gravity supports and seismic restraints and associated attachments.
2. Identify mounting conditions required for equipment seismic qualification.
3. Identify anchor manufacturer, type, minimum embedment, minimum spacing, minimum member thickness, and minimum edge distance requirements.
4. Indicate proposed arrangement of distributed system trapeze support groupings.
5. Indicate proposed locations for distributed system flexible fittings and/or connections.
6. Indicate locations of seismic separations where applicable.
7. Include point load drawings indicating design loads transmitted to structure at each attachment location.
F. Seismic Design Data:
1. Compile information on project-specific characteristics of actual installed electrical components necessary for determining seismic design forces required to design appropriate seismic controls, including but not limited to the following. a. Component operating weight and center of gravity.
b. Component elevation in the building in relation to the roof elevation (z/h). c. Component importance factor (Ip).
d. For distributed systems, component materials and connection methods. e. Component amplification factor (ap) and component response modification factor (Rp), determined in accordance with ASCE 7 tables. f. Applicability of overstrength factor (for certain anchorage in concrete and masonry).
2. Include structural calculations, stamped or sealed by seismic controls designer, demonstrating suitability of seismic controls for seismic design forces.
G. Certification for seismically qualified equipment; identify basis for certification.
H. Evaluation Reports: For products specified as requiring evaluation and recognition by a qualified evaluation service, provide current evaluation reports.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 4
I. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
J. Evidence of qualifications for seismic controls designer.
K. Evidence of qualifications for manufacturer.
L. Manufacturer’s detailed field testing and inspection procedures.
M. Field quality control test reports.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 70.
B. Comply with applicable building code.
C. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.
D. Seismic Controls Designer Qualifications: Registered professional engineer licensed in California and with minimum five years experience designing seismic restraints for nonstructural components.
1. Designer may be employed by the manufacturer of the seismic restraint products.
E. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Design and provide vibration isolation systems to reduce vibration transmission to supporting structure from vibration-producing electrical equipment and/or electrical connections to vibration-isolated equipment.
B. Comply with applicable general recommendations of ASHRAE (HVACA), where not in conflict with other specified requirements:
C. General Requirements:
1. Select vibration isolators to provide required static deflection.
2. Select vibration isolators for uniform deflection based on distributed operating weight of actual installed equipment.
3. Select seismic type vibration isolators to comply with seismic design requirements, including conditions of equipment seismic certification where applicable.
4. Select vibration isolators for outdoor equipment to comply with wind design requirements.
5. Select vibration-isolated equipment support bases and associated vibration isolators to provide minimum 2-inch operating clearance beneath base unless otherwise indicated.
D. Equipment Isolation:
1. Transformers:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 5
a. Specified vibration isolators are in addition to any factory-installed internal core and coil assembly vibration isolators unless otherwise indicated. b. Floor-Mounted Transformers, Nonseismic Applications: Use resilent material isolator pads, resilient material isolator mounts, or open (unhoused) spring isolators.
c. Floor-Mounted Transformers, Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator mounts or seismic type restrained spring isolators. d. Suspended Transformers, Nonseismic Applications: Use resilient material isolator hangers, spring isolator hangers, or combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers.
e. Suspended Transformers, Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator hangers, seismic type spring isolator hangers, or seismic type combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers. f. Wall-Mounted Transformers, Nonseismic Applications: Use resilient material isolator mounts.
g. Wall-Mounted Transformers, Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator mounts.
h. Minimum Static Deflection:
1) Transformers Mounted on Grade-Level Slabs: 0.25 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated.
2) Transformers Mounted at Above-Grade Levels: 0.5 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated.
2. Engine Generators:
a. Specified vibration isolators are in addition to any factory-installed internal vibration isolators between generator set and integral base unless otherwise indicated; obtain generator set manufacturer approval of applied vibration isolation.
b. Nonseismic Applications, Isolators Not Located Below Sub-Base Fuel Tank: Use housed spring isolators or restrained spring isolators. c. Nonseismic Applications, Isolators Located Below Sub-Base Fuel Tank: Use restrained spring isolators.
d. Seismic Applications: Use seismic type restrained spring isolators. e. Provide vibration-isolated concrete inertia bases where indicated. f. Minimum Static Deflection:
1) Generators Mounted on Grade-Level Slabs: 1 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated.
2) Generators Mounted at Above-Grade Levels: 2 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated.
E. Conduit Isolation:
1. Use flexible conduit or cable for electrical connections to vibration-isolated equipment, including equipment installed under other sections or by others. a. Minimum Length: 3 feet unless otherwise indicated.
2. Vibration Isolators:
a. Provide vibration isolators for conduit supports:
1) Located within 50 feet of connected vibration-isolated equipment where flexible connection to equipment is not possible.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 6
2) For conduits over 2 inch trade size located below or within 50 feet of noise-sensitive areas indicated.
b. Minimum Static Deflection:
1) First Three Supports Closest to Isolated Equipment: Same as static deflection of equipment; maximum of 2 inch deflection required. 2) Remainder of Supports: 0.75 inch deflection unless otherwise indicated. c. Suspended Conduits, Nonseismic Applications: Use resilient material isolator hangers, spring isolator hangers, or combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers.
d. Suspended Conduits, Seismic Applications: Use seismic type resilient material isolator hangers, seismic type spring isolator hangers, or seismic type combination resilient material/spring isolator hangers. e. Use modular seal or approved resilient material where vibration-isolated conduits penetrate building elements (e.g., walls, floors) arranged to prevent vibration transmission to structure.
2.2 SEISMIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
A. Design and provide electrical component restraints, supports, and attachments suitable for seismic loads determined in accordance with applicable codes, as well as gravity and operating loads and other structural design considerations of the installed location.
Consider wind loads for outdoor electrical components.
B. Seismic Design Criteria: ICC (IBC)/ASCE 7.
C. Component Importance Factor (Ip): Electrical components to be assigned a component importance factor (Ip) of 1.5 unless otherwise indicated.
D. Seismic Qualification of Equipment:
1. Provide special certification for electrical equipment furnished under other sections and assigned a component importance factor (Ip) of 1.5, certifying that equipment will remain operable following a design level earthquake.
2. Seismic qualification to be by shake table testing in accordance with recognized testing standard procedure, such as ICC-ES AC156, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. and obtain direction where mounting restrictions required by conditions of seismic certification conflict with specified requirements.
4. Seismically qualified equipment to be furnished with factory-installed labels referencing certificate of compliance and associated mounting restrictions.
E. Seismic Restraints:
1. Provide seismic restraints for electrical components except where exempt according to applicable codes and specified seismic design criteria, as approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Comply with applicable general recommendations of the following, where not in conflict with applicable codes, seismic design criteria, or other specified requirements:
a. ASHRAE (HVACA).
b. FEMA 413.
c. FEMA E-74.
d. SMACNA (SRM).
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 7
3. Seismic restraint capacities to be verified by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) or certified by an independent third-party registered professional engineer acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Seismic Type Vibration Isolators:
a. Comply with seismic design requirements, including conditions of equipment seismic certification where applicable.
5. External Seismic Snubber Assemblies:
a. Provide quantity and arrangement of external seismic snubber assemblies as required to restrain equipment in all directions (both lateral and vertical). b. Do not use external seismic snubber assemblies that restrain equipment only in one or more lateral directions (but not vertical) except where uplift forces are zero or are addressed by other restraints.
6. Seismic Restraint Systems:
a. Except where otherwise restricted, use of either cable or rigid restraints is permitted.
b. Use only cable restraints to restrain vibration-isolated electrical components, including distributed systems.
c. Use only one restraint system type for a given electrical component or distributed system (e.g., conduit, cable tray) run; mixing of cable and rigid restraints on a given component/run is not permitted.
d. Size restraint elements, including anchorage, to resist seismic loads as necessary to restrain electrical component in all lateral directions; consider bracket geometry in anchor load calculations.
e. Use rod stiffener clips to attach bracing to hanger rods as required to prevent rod buckling from vertical (upward) compressive load introduced by cable or rigid restraints loaded in tension, in excess of downward tensile load due to supported electrical component weight.
f. Select hanger rods and associated anchorage as required to accommodate vertical (downward) tensile load introduced by rigid restraints loaded in compression, in addition to downward tensile load due to supported electrical component weight.
g. Clevis hangers may only be used for attachment of transverse restraints; do not use for attachment of longitudinal restraints.
h. Where seismic restraints are attached to clevis hangers, provide clevis bolt reinforcement accessory to prevent clevis hanger deformation. i. Do not introduce lateral loads on open bar joist chords or the weak axis of beams, or loads in any direction at other than panel points unless approved by project Structural Engineer of Record.
j. Manufacturer's certified seismic restraint design may be submitted as an alternative to project-specific design and documentation, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction.